<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="nl">
	<id>https://www.wazeopedia.nl/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Kamonu</id>
	<title>Wazeopedia Nederland - Gebruikersbijdragen [nl]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://www.wazeopedia.nl/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Kamonu"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wazeopedia.nl/Speciaal:Bijdragen/Kamonu"/>
	<updated>2026-04-21T14:37:30Z</updated>
	<subtitle>Gebruikersbijdragen</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.42.3</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wazeopedia.nl/index.php?title=Google_places&amp;diff=6597</id>
		<title>Google places</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wazeopedia.nl/index.php?title=Google_places&amp;diff=6597"/>
		<updated>2026-03-27T09:52:34Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kamonu: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{TopLine}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Places]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Google plaatsen==&lt;br /&gt;
Met het activeren van de [[Map Layers|kaart laag]] &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Google-plaatsen&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; worden Google-plaatsen op de WME-kaart toegevoegd.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Editors vanaf &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;L3&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; kunnen de vertoning van Google-plaatsen in de [[Waze Map Editor|WME]] activeren. Editors vanaf &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;L5&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; kunnen ook de Google-plaatsen vanuit de WME bijwerken.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Lijst ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bestand:NL-GooglePlacesList.png|right|275px]] Via het [[Bestand:NL-Menu-GP.png]] symbool in de linker menu balk kan, wanneer de kaartlaag aanstaat, de lijst met nu vertoonde Google-places opgevraagd worden. &lt;br /&gt;
{{Clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Filter ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bestand:NL-GooglePlacesFilter.png|right|500px]] De op de WME kaart vertoonde Google-places kunnen gefilterd worden. Het is zowiezo handig om &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;permanantly closed&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; places uit te sluiten van vertoning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Zie verder ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Zie ook [[Places]], external providers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Project Biggs===&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.waze.com/discuss/t/project-biggs-is-now-live-edit-google-places-straight-from-wme/401632 announcement]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://docs.google.com/document/d/1Tk0mMb-Ta9HLuOEmm3wwAobmjtzOGd1T2ihf5u3Hb4Y/edit?tab=t.eaaxhzccp7gr how-to guide]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
{{Bottomline}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kamonu</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wazeopedia.nl/index.php?title=Google_places&amp;diff=6596</id>
		<title>Google places</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wazeopedia.nl/index.php?title=Google_places&amp;diff=6596"/>
		<updated>2026-03-27T09:52:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kamonu: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{TopLine}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Places]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Google plaatsen==&lt;br /&gt;
Met het activeren van de [[Map Layers|kaart laag]] &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Google-plaatsen&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; worden Google-plaatsen op de WME-kaart toegevoegd.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Editors vanaf &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;L3&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; kunnen de vertoning van Google-plaatsen in de [[Waze Map Editor|WME]] activeren. Editors vanaf &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;L5&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; kunnen ook de Google-plaatsen vanuit de WME bijwerken.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Lijst ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bestand:NL-GooglePlacesList.png|right|250px]] Via het [[Bestand:NL-Menu-GP.png]] symbool in de linker menu balk kan, wanneer de kaartlaag aanstaat, de lijst met nu vertoonde Google-places opgevraagd worden. &lt;br /&gt;
{{Clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Filter ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bestand:NL-GooglePlacesFilter.png|right|600px]] De op de WME kaart vertoonde Google-places kunnen gefilterd worden. Het is zowiezo handig om &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;permanantly closed&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; places uit te sluiten van vertoning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Zie verder ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Zie ook [[Places]], external providers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Project Biggs===&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.waze.com/discuss/t/project-biggs-is-now-live-edit-google-places-straight-from-wme/401632 announcement]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://docs.google.com/document/d/1Tk0mMb-Ta9HLuOEmm3wwAobmjtzOGd1T2ihf5u3Hb4Y/edit?tab=t.eaaxhzccp7gr how-to guide]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
{{Bottomline}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kamonu</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wazeopedia.nl/index.php?title=Google_places&amp;diff=6595</id>
		<title>Google places</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wazeopedia.nl/index.php?title=Google_places&amp;diff=6595"/>
		<updated>2026-03-27T09:51:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kamonu: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{TopLine}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Places]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Google plaatsen==&lt;br /&gt;
Met het activeren van de [[Map Layers|kaart laag]] &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Google-plaatsen&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; worden Google-plaatsen op de WME-kaart toegevoegd.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Editors vanaf &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;L3&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; kunnen de vertoning van Google-plaatsen in de [[Waze Map Editor|WME]] activeren. Editors vanaf &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;L5&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; kunnen ook de Google-plaatsen vanuit de WME bijwerken.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Lijst ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bestand:NL-GooglePlacesList.png|right|300px]] Via het [[Bestand:NL-Menu-GP.png]] symbool in de linker menu balk kan, wanneer de kaartlaag aanstaat, de lijst met nu vertoonde Google-places opgevraagd worden. &lt;br /&gt;
{{Clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Filter ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bestand:NL-GooglePlacesFilter.png|right|300px]] De op de WME kaart vertoonde Google-places kunnen gefilterd worden. Het is zowiezo handig om &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;permanantly closed&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; places uit te sluiten van vertoning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Zie verder ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Zie ook [[Places]], external providers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Project Biggs===&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.waze.com/discuss/t/project-biggs-is-now-live-edit-google-places-straight-from-wme/401632 announcement]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://docs.google.com/document/d/1Tk0mMb-Ta9HLuOEmm3wwAobmjtzOGd1T2ihf5u3Hb4Y/edit?tab=t.eaaxhzccp7gr how-to guide]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
{{Bottomline}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kamonu</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wazeopedia.nl/index.php?title=Google_places&amp;diff=6594</id>
		<title>Google places</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wazeopedia.nl/index.php?title=Google_places&amp;diff=6594"/>
		<updated>2026-03-27T09:50:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kamonu: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{TopLine}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Places]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Google plaatsen==&lt;br /&gt;
Met het activeren van de [[Map Layers|kaart laag]] &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Google-plaatsen&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; worden Google-plaatsen op de WME-kaart toegevoegd.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Editors vanaf &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;L3&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; kunnen de vertoning van Google-plaatsen in de [[Waze Map Editor|WME]] activeren. Editors vanaf &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;L5&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; kunnen ook de Google-plaatsen vanuit de WME bijwerken.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Lijst ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bestand:NL-GooglePlacesList.png|right]] Via het [[Bestand:NL-Menu-GP.png]] symbool in de linker menu balk kan, wanneer de kaartlaag aanstaat, de lijst met nu vertoonde Google-places opgevraagd worden. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Filter ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bestand:NL-GooglePlacesFilter.png|right]] De op de WME kaart vertoonde Google-places kunnen gefilterd worden. Het is zowiezo handig om &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;permanantly closed&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; places uit te sluiten van vertoning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Zie verder ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Zie ook [[Places]], external providers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Project Biggs===&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.waze.com/discuss/t/project-biggs-is-now-live-edit-google-places-straight-from-wme/401632 announcement]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://docs.google.com/document/d/1Tk0mMb-Ta9HLuOEmm3wwAobmjtzOGd1T2ihf5u3Hb4Y/edit?tab=t.eaaxhzccp7gr how-to guide]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
{{Bottomline}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kamonu</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wazeopedia.nl/index.php?title=Google_places&amp;diff=6593</id>
		<title>Google places</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wazeopedia.nl/index.php?title=Google_places&amp;diff=6593"/>
		<updated>2026-03-27T09:50:08Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kamonu: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{TopLine}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Places]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Google plaatsen==&lt;br /&gt;
Met het activeren van de [[Map Layers|kaart laag]] &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Google-plaatsen&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; worden Google-plaatsen op de WME-kaart toegevoegd.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Editors vanaf &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;L3&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; kunnen de vertoning van Google-plaatsen in de [[Waze Map Editor|WME]] activeren. Editors vanaf &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;L5&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; kunnen ook de Google-plaatsen vanuit de WME bijwerken.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Lijst ===&lt;br /&gt;
[Bestand:NL-GooglePlacesList.png|right] Via het [Bestand:NL-Menu-GP.png] symbool in de linker menu balk kan, wanneer de kaartlaag aanstaat, de lijst met nu vertoonde Google-places opgevraagd worden. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Filter ===&lt;br /&gt;
[NL-GooglePlacesFilter.png|right] De op de WME kaart vertoonde Google-places kunnen gefilterd worden. Het is zowiezo handig om &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;permanantly closed&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; places uit te sluiten van vertoning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Zie verder ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Zie ook [[Places]], external providers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Project Biggs===&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.waze.com/discuss/t/project-biggs-is-now-live-edit-google-places-straight-from-wme/401632 announcement]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://docs.google.com/document/d/1Tk0mMb-Ta9HLuOEmm3wwAobmjtzOGd1T2ihf5u3Hb4Y/edit?tab=t.eaaxhzccp7gr how-to guide]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
{{Bottomline}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kamonu</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wazeopedia.nl/index.php?title=Bestand:NL-Menu-GP.png&amp;diff=6592</id>
		<title>Bestand:NL-Menu-GP.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wazeopedia.nl/index.php?title=Bestand:NL-Menu-GP.png&amp;diff=6592"/>
		<updated>2026-03-27T09:46:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kamonu: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kamonu</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wazeopedia.nl/index.php?title=Bestand:NL-GooglePlacesList.png&amp;diff=6591</id>
		<title>Bestand:NL-GooglePlacesList.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wazeopedia.nl/index.php?title=Bestand:NL-GooglePlacesList.png&amp;diff=6591"/>
		<updated>2026-03-27T09:44:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kamonu: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kamonu</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wazeopedia.nl/index.php?title=Bestand:NL-GooglePlacesFilter.png&amp;diff=6590</id>
		<title>Bestand:NL-GooglePlacesFilter.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wazeopedia.nl/index.php?title=Bestand:NL-GooglePlacesFilter.png&amp;diff=6590"/>
		<updated>2026-03-27T09:44:02Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kamonu: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kamonu</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wazeopedia.nl/index.php?title=Google_places&amp;diff=6589</id>
		<title>Google places</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wazeopedia.nl/index.php?title=Google_places&amp;diff=6589"/>
		<updated>2026-03-26T13:59:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kamonu: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{TopLine}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Places]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Google plaatsen==&lt;br /&gt;
Met het activeren van de [[Map Layers|kaart laag]] &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Google-plaatsen&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; worden Google-plaatsen op de WME-kaart toegevoegd.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Editors vanaf &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;L3&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; kunnen de vertoning van Google-plaatsen in de [[Waze Map Editor|WME]] activeren. Editors vanaf &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;L5&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; kunnen ook de Google-plaatsen vanuit de WME bijwerken.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zie ook [[Places]], external providers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Project Biggs===&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.waze.com/discuss/t/project-biggs-is-now-live-edit-google-places-straight-from-wme/401632 announcement]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://docs.google.com/document/d/1Tk0mMb-Ta9HLuOEmm3wwAobmjtzOGd1T2ihf5u3Hb4Y/edit?tab=t.eaaxhzccp7gr how-to guide]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
{{Bottomline}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kamonu</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wazeopedia.nl/index.php?title=Camera/en&amp;diff=6588</id>
		<title>Camera/en</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wazeopedia.nl/index.php?title=Camera/en&amp;diff=6588"/>
		<updated>2026-03-26T13:58:34Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kamonu: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{TopLine}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Street]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Camera==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NL-Hazard-toevoegen-camera.png|right|450px]] Before adding a &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Camera&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; to the Waze map, you should make sure that it is indeed a Camera. There are many devices that look like speed cameras or red light cameras but are not.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Cameras are displayed in the [[Waze Map Editor|editor]] and can be maintained when Camera is checked in the [[Map Layers|Hazards map layer]]. Maintenance requires at least &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;L3&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A new &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Camera&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; can be added by clicking on [[File:NL-WME-Plus.png|30px]] in the top left corner of the [[Waze Map Editor|editor]] and then - cameras are one of the types of [[Hazards]] - on [[File:NL-WME-Gevaar.png|70px]]. Select [[File:NL-Hazards-Camera-icon.jpg.png|25px]] Cameras here.&lt;br /&gt;
Then specify the desired camera type. Waze has a whole range of them. We only use:&lt;br /&gt;
* Speed camera - only checks for exceeding the [[Speed limit]]. The speed at which the check is made is the speed at which the driver is driving.&lt;br /&gt;
* Red light camera - checks for driving through red lights and speeding&lt;br /&gt;
* Dummy camera - does nothing.&lt;br /&gt;
* Telephone camera, focus flash - a camera that checks whether a motorist is holding a telephone in their hand and possibly checks also on driving at speed and through red lights.&lt;br /&gt;
* Noise camera.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do not add other camera types to the map for the time being.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Place the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Camera&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; at the desired location and specify the direction in which the camera flashes: one direction or both directions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Place redlight camera&#039;s on the stop line. Other &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;cameras&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; must be placed at the location of the pole itself. The camera clicks onto the segment in question. It is not possible to monitor two segments, for example separated lanes, with one camera. In this situation, use two cameras, one for each direction of travel.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Warnings===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NL-Roodlichtcameras.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
* The [[Waze app|app]] warns for a speed camera when the camera is monitoring in the direction of travel regardless of the speed at which you drive.&lt;br /&gt;
* The [[Waze app|app]] warns for a red light camera when it is pointing in the direction of travel.&lt;br /&gt;
* No warning is given for subsequent cameras when they are within 500m of a previous camera as the crow flies. The warning is then given for the first camera.&lt;br /&gt;
* The dummy camera doesn&#039;t warn.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Notes===&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.om.nl/onderwerpen/verkeer/handhaving/snelheid-en-te-hard-rijden/verplaatsbare-flitspalen &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Flexflitsers&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;] are also placed on the map. Add a [[Map Comment|Map comment]] in which you indicate that it is a temporary flex flash camera. Flex cameras are kept on a sheet, see below.&lt;br /&gt;
* A &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;focus flash&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; fires in one direction: only flashes oncoming traffic.&lt;br /&gt;
* Sometimes there is a &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Dummy camera&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; somewhere. These flash cameras are sometimes placed on the map to prevent app users from reporting these cameras as real flash cameras.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[File:NL-Prio-Hazards-warning.png|right]] Some [[Hazards]] will issue a warning sooner than others. For example, a warning for a [[Railroad Crossing|railroad crossing]] may override a warning for a &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Camera&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; that is reached sooner.&lt;br /&gt;
* It is not possible to specify for a &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Camera&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; that it only flashes left-turning, right-turning or straight-through traffic. The Speed Camera is displayed regardless of the route to be followed.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Traject Controle&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; cameras (TC) are not placed on the map as flash cameras. For TC, only use the [[Road Aspects|Traject Controle checkboxes]] of the relevant road segments.&lt;br /&gt;
* Use the same level as the road segment as the [[Locks|locking level]], with a minimum of &#039;&#039;&#039;L3&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* Camera reports are published in the [[Slack]] channel #camera-bot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Flexible Speed ​​Camera Sheet===&lt;br /&gt;
Because the number of temporary speed cameras is increasing, a special sheet has been created to track the various locations. For this overview, see the [https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1CVAi1z_feeyjfYLuIlVqZd22drUvlkAYjvz9RC9hvQo Flexible Speed ​​Camera Sheet].&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A brief explanation of the columns on this sheet:&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;A&#039;&#039;&#039;: The type of speed camera (speed or phone)&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;B&#039;&#039;&#039;: The direction of travel to be monitored. When returning from the speed camera, you can easily use this information to configure the camera.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;C&#039;&#039;&#039; through &#039;&#039;&#039;F&#039;&#039;&#039;: The location information of the speed camera.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;G&#039;&#039;&#039;: A [[PL]] (permalink) of the [[Map Comment|map comment]] in WME. Draw this map comment over the speed camera location, lock it to at least &amp;quot;L3&amp;quot; or higher, and don&#039;t enter an expiration date. This prevents the map comments from disappearing from the map.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;H&#039;&#039;&#039;: Enter the date of installation (in WME) here. The date when the speed camera will be removed will then appear in Column I.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;J&#039;&#039;&#039;: Enter the date of removal here. This makes it easy to see when the speed camera was last seen.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;K&#039;&#039;&#039;: Enter the speed camera&#039;s status here. &#039;&#039;&#039;Active&#039;&#039;&#039;: When a speed camera is installed.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;Bron: [https://www.waze.com/forum/viewtopic.php?t=412768 New Camera type are now available in WME for IL &amp;amp; NA &amp;amp; ROW]&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
{{Bottomline}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kamonu</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wazeopedia.nl/index.php?title=Translations:Camera/1/en&amp;diff=6587</id>
		<title>Translations:Camera/1/en</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wazeopedia.nl/index.php?title=Translations:Camera/1/en&amp;diff=6587"/>
		<updated>2026-03-26T13:58:33Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kamonu: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Camera==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NL-Hazard-toevoegen-camera.png|right|450px]] Before adding a &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Camera&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; to the Waze map, you should make sure that it is indeed a Camera. There are many devices that look like speed cameras or red light cameras but are not.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Cameras are displayed in the [[Waze Map Editor|editor]] and can be maintained when Camera is checked in the [[Map Layers|Hazards map layer]]. Maintenance requires at least &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;L3&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A new &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Camera&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; can be added by clicking on [[File:NL-WME-Plus.png|30px]] in the top left corner of the [[Waze Map Editor|editor]] and then - cameras are one of the types of [[Hazards]] - on [[File:NL-WME-Gevaar.png|70px]]. Select [[File:NL-Hazards-Camera-icon.jpg.png|25px]] Cameras here.&lt;br /&gt;
Then specify the desired camera type. Waze has a whole range of them. We only use:&lt;br /&gt;
* Speed camera - only checks for exceeding the [[Speed limit]]. The speed at which the check is made is the speed at which the driver is driving.&lt;br /&gt;
* Red light camera - checks for driving through red lights and speeding&lt;br /&gt;
* Dummy camera - does nothing.&lt;br /&gt;
* Telephone camera, focus flash - a camera that checks whether a motorist is holding a telephone in their hand and possibly checks also on driving at speed and through red lights.&lt;br /&gt;
* Noise camera.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do not add other camera types to the map for the time being.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Place the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Camera&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; at the desired location and specify the direction in which the camera flashes: one direction or both directions.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kamonu</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wazeopedia.nl/index.php?title=Camera/en&amp;diff=6586</id>
		<title>Camera/en</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wazeopedia.nl/index.php?title=Camera/en&amp;diff=6586"/>
		<updated>2026-03-26T13:56:22Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kamonu: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{TopLine}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Street]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Camera==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NL-Hazard-toevoegen-camera.png|right|450px]] Before adding a &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Camera&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; to the Waze map, you should make sure that it is indeed a Camera. There are many devices that look like speed cameras or red light cameras but are not.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Cameras are displayed in the [[Waze Map Editor|editor]] and can be maintained when Camera is checked in the [[Map Layers|Hazards map layer]]. Maintenance requires at least &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;L3&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A new &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Camera&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; can be added by clicking on [[File:NL-WME-Plus.png|30px]] in the top left corner of the [[Waze Map Editor|editor]] and then - cameras are one of the types of [[Hazards]] - on [[File:NL-WME-Gevaar.png|70px]]. Select [[File:NL-Hazards-Camera-icon.jpg.png|25px]] Cameras here.&lt;br /&gt;
Then specify the desired camera type. Waze has a whole range of them. We only use:&lt;br /&gt;
* Speed camera - only checks for exceeding the [[Speed limit]]. The speed at which the check is made is the speed at which the driver is driving.&lt;br /&gt;
* Red light camera - checks for driving through red lights and speeding&lt;br /&gt;
* Dummy camera - does nothing.&lt;br /&gt;
* Telephone camera, focus flash - a camera that checks whether a motorist is holding a telephone in their hand and possibly checks also on driving at speed and through red lights.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Place the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Camera&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; at the desired location and specify the direction in which the camera flashes: one direction or both directions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Place redlight camera&#039;s on the stop line. Other &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;cameras&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; must be placed at the location of the pole itself. The camera clicks onto the segment in question. It is not possible to monitor two segments, for example separated lanes, with one camera. In this situation, use two cameras, one for each direction of travel.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Warnings===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NL-Roodlichtcameras.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
* The [[Waze app|app]] warns for a speed camera when the camera is monitoring in the direction of travel regardless of the speed at which you drive.&lt;br /&gt;
* The [[Waze app|app]] warns for a red light camera when it is pointing in the direction of travel.&lt;br /&gt;
* No warning is given for subsequent cameras when they are within 500m of a previous camera as the crow flies. The warning is then given for the first camera.&lt;br /&gt;
* The dummy camera doesn&#039;t warn.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Notes===&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.om.nl/onderwerpen/verkeer/handhaving/snelheid-en-te-hard-rijden/verplaatsbare-flitspalen &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Flexflitsers&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;] are also placed on the map. Add a [[Map Comment|Map comment]] in which you indicate that it is a temporary flex flash camera. Flex cameras are kept on a sheet, see below.&lt;br /&gt;
* A &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;focus flash&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; fires in one direction: only flashes oncoming traffic.&lt;br /&gt;
* Sometimes there is a &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Dummy camera&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; somewhere. These flash cameras are sometimes placed on the map to prevent app users from reporting these cameras as real flash cameras.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[File:NL-Prio-Hazards-warning.png|right]] Some [[Hazards]] will issue a warning sooner than others. For example, a warning for a [[Railroad Crossing|railroad crossing]] may override a warning for a &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Camera&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; that is reached sooner.&lt;br /&gt;
* It is not possible to specify for a &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Camera&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; that it only flashes left-turning, right-turning or straight-through traffic. The Speed Camera is displayed regardless of the route to be followed.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Traject Controle&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; cameras (TC) are not placed on the map as flash cameras. For TC, only use the [[Road Aspects|Traject Controle checkboxes]] of the relevant road segments.&lt;br /&gt;
* Use the same level as the road segment as the [[Locks|locking level]], with a minimum of &#039;&#039;&#039;L3&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* Camera reports are published in the [[Slack]] channel #camera-bot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Flexible Speed ​​Camera Sheet===&lt;br /&gt;
Because the number of temporary speed cameras is increasing, a special sheet has been created to track the various locations. For this overview, see the [https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1CVAi1z_feeyjfYLuIlVqZd22drUvlkAYjvz9RC9hvQo Flexible Speed ​​Camera Sheet].&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A brief explanation of the columns on this sheet:&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;A&#039;&#039;&#039;: The type of speed camera (speed or phone)&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;B&#039;&#039;&#039;: The direction of travel to be monitored. When returning from the speed camera, you can easily use this information to configure the camera.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;C&#039;&#039;&#039; through &#039;&#039;&#039;F&#039;&#039;&#039;: The location information of the speed camera.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;G&#039;&#039;&#039;: A [[PL]] (permalink) of the [[Map Comment|map comment]] in WME. Draw this map comment over the speed camera location, lock it to at least &amp;quot;L3&amp;quot; or higher, and don&#039;t enter an expiration date. This prevents the map comments from disappearing from the map.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;H&#039;&#039;&#039;: Enter the date of installation (in WME) here. The date when the speed camera will be removed will then appear in Column I.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;J&#039;&#039;&#039;: Enter the date of removal here. This makes it easy to see when the speed camera was last seen.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;K&#039;&#039;&#039;: Enter the speed camera&#039;s status here. &#039;&#039;&#039;Active&#039;&#039;&#039;: When a speed camera is installed.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;Bron: [https://www.waze.com/forum/viewtopic.php?t=412768 New Camera type are now available in WME for IL &amp;amp; NA &amp;amp; ROW]&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
{{Bottomline}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kamonu</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wazeopedia.nl/index.php?title=Translations:Camera/1/en&amp;diff=6585</id>
		<title>Translations:Camera/1/en</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wazeopedia.nl/index.php?title=Translations:Camera/1/en&amp;diff=6585"/>
		<updated>2026-03-26T13:56:19Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kamonu: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Camera==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NL-Hazard-toevoegen-camera.png|right|450px]] Before adding a &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Camera&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; to the Waze map, you should make sure that it is indeed a Camera. There are many devices that look like speed cameras or red light cameras but are not.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Cameras are displayed in the [[Waze Map Editor|editor]] and can be maintained when Camera is checked in the [[Map Layers|Hazards map layer]]. Maintenance requires at least &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;L3&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A new &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Camera&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; can be added by clicking on [[File:NL-WME-Plus.png|30px]] in the top left corner of the [[Waze Map Editor|editor]] and then - cameras are one of the types of [[Hazards]] - on [[File:NL-WME-Gevaar.png|70px]]. Select [[File:NL-Hazards-Camera-icon.jpg.png|25px]] Cameras here.&lt;br /&gt;
Then specify the desired camera type. Waze has a whole range of them. We only use:&lt;br /&gt;
* Speed camera - only checks for exceeding the [[Speed limit]]. The speed at which the check is made is the speed at which the driver is driving.&lt;br /&gt;
* Red light camera - checks for driving through red lights and speeding&lt;br /&gt;
* Dummy camera - does nothing.&lt;br /&gt;
* Telephone camera, focus flash - a camera that checks whether a motorist is holding a telephone in their hand and possibly checks also on driving at speed and through red lights.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Place the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Camera&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; at the desired location and specify the direction in which the camera flashes: one direction or both directions.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kamonu</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wazeopedia.nl/index.php?title=Camera/en&amp;diff=6584</id>
		<title>Camera/en</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wazeopedia.nl/index.php?title=Camera/en&amp;diff=6584"/>
		<updated>2026-03-26T13:56:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kamonu: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{TopLine}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Street]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Camera==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NL-Hazard-toevoegen-camera.png|right|450px]] Before adding a &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Camera&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; to the Waze map, you should make sure that it is indeed a Camera. There are many devices that look like speed cameras or red light cameras but are not.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Cameras are displayed in the [[Waze Map Editor|editor]] and can be maintained when Camera is checked in the [[Map Layers|Hazards map layer]]. Maintenance requires at least &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;L3&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A new &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Camera&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; can be added by clicking on [[File:NL-WME-Plus.png|30px]] in the top left corner of the [[Waze Map Editor|editor]] and then - cameras are one of the types of [[Hazards]] - on [[File:NL-WME-Gevaar.png|70px]]. Select [[File:NL-Hazards-Camera-icon.jpg.png|25px]] Cameras here.&lt;br /&gt;
Then specify the desired camera type. Waze has a whole range of them. We only use:&lt;br /&gt;
* Speed camera - only checks for exceeding the [[Speed limit]]. The speed at which the check is made is the speed at which the driver is driving.&lt;br /&gt;
* Red light camera - checks for driving through red lights and speeding&lt;br /&gt;
* Dummy camera - does nothing.&lt;br /&gt;
* Telephone camera, focus flash - a camera that checks whether a motorist is holding a telephone in their hand and possibly checks also on driving at speed and through red lights.&lt;br /&gt;
* Noise camera.&lt;br /&gt;
Do not add other camera types to the map for the time being.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Place the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Camera&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; at the desired location and specify the direction in which the camera flashes: one direction or both directions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Place redlight camera&#039;s on the stop line. Other &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;cameras&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; must be placed at the location of the pole itself. The camera clicks onto the segment in question. It is not possible to monitor two segments, for example separated lanes, with one camera. In this situation, use two cameras, one for each direction of travel.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Warnings===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NL-Roodlichtcameras.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
* The [[Waze app|app]] warns for a speed camera when the camera is monitoring in the direction of travel regardless of the speed at which you drive.&lt;br /&gt;
* The [[Waze app|app]] warns for a red light camera when it is pointing in the direction of travel.&lt;br /&gt;
* No warning is given for subsequent cameras when they are within 500m of a previous camera as the crow flies. The warning is then given for the first camera.&lt;br /&gt;
* The dummy camera doesn&#039;t warn.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Notes===&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.om.nl/onderwerpen/verkeer/handhaving/snelheid-en-te-hard-rijden/verplaatsbare-flitspalen &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Flexflitsers&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;] are also placed on the map. Add a [[Map Comment|Map comment]] in which you indicate that it is a temporary flex flash camera. Flex cameras are kept on a sheet, see below.&lt;br /&gt;
* A &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;focus flash&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; fires in one direction: only flashes oncoming traffic.&lt;br /&gt;
* Sometimes there is a &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Dummy camera&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; somewhere. These flash cameras are sometimes placed on the map to prevent app users from reporting these cameras as real flash cameras.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[File:NL-Prio-Hazards-warning.png|right]] Some [[Hazards]] will issue a warning sooner than others. For example, a warning for a [[Railroad Crossing|railroad crossing]] may override a warning for a &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Camera&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; that is reached sooner.&lt;br /&gt;
* It is not possible to specify for a &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Camera&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; that it only flashes left-turning, right-turning or straight-through traffic. The Speed Camera is displayed regardless of the route to be followed.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Traject Controle&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; cameras (TC) are not placed on the map as flash cameras. For TC, only use the [[Road Aspects|Traject Controle checkboxes]] of the relevant road segments.&lt;br /&gt;
* Use the same level as the road segment as the [[Locks|locking level]], with a minimum of &#039;&#039;&#039;L3&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* Camera reports are published in the [[Slack]] channel #camera-bot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Flexible Speed ​​Camera Sheet===&lt;br /&gt;
Because the number of temporary speed cameras is increasing, a special sheet has been created to track the various locations. For this overview, see the [https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1CVAi1z_feeyjfYLuIlVqZd22drUvlkAYjvz9RC9hvQo Flexible Speed ​​Camera Sheet].&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A brief explanation of the columns on this sheet:&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;A&#039;&#039;&#039;: The type of speed camera (speed or phone)&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;B&#039;&#039;&#039;: The direction of travel to be monitored. When returning from the speed camera, you can easily use this information to configure the camera.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;C&#039;&#039;&#039; through &#039;&#039;&#039;F&#039;&#039;&#039;: The location information of the speed camera.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;G&#039;&#039;&#039;: A [[PL]] (permalink) of the [[Map Comment|map comment]] in WME. Draw this map comment over the speed camera location, lock it to at least &amp;quot;L3&amp;quot; or higher, and don&#039;t enter an expiration date. This prevents the map comments from disappearing from the map.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;H&#039;&#039;&#039;: Enter the date of installation (in WME) here. The date when the speed camera will be removed will then appear in Column I.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;J&#039;&#039;&#039;: Enter the date of removal here. This makes it easy to see when the speed camera was last seen.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;K&#039;&#039;&#039;: Enter the speed camera&#039;s status here. &#039;&#039;&#039;Active&#039;&#039;&#039;: When a speed camera is installed.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;Bron: [https://www.waze.com/forum/viewtopic.php?t=412768 New Camera type are now available in WME for IL &amp;amp; NA &amp;amp; ROW]&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
{{Bottomline}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kamonu</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wazeopedia.nl/index.php?title=Translations:Camera/1/en&amp;diff=6583</id>
		<title>Translations:Camera/1/en</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wazeopedia.nl/index.php?title=Translations:Camera/1/en&amp;diff=6583"/>
		<updated>2026-03-26T13:56:12Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kamonu: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Camera==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NL-Hazard-toevoegen-camera.png|right|450px]] Before adding a &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Camera&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; to the Waze map, you should make sure that it is indeed a Camera. There are many devices that look like speed cameras or red light cameras but are not.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Cameras are displayed in the [[Waze Map Editor|editor]] and can be maintained when Camera is checked in the [[Map Layers|Hazards map layer]]. Maintenance requires at least &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;L3&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A new &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Camera&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; can be added by clicking on [[File:NL-WME-Plus.png|30px]] in the top left corner of the [[Waze Map Editor|editor]] and then - cameras are one of the types of [[Hazards]] - on [[File:NL-WME-Gevaar.png|70px]]. Select [[File:NL-Hazards-Camera-icon.jpg.png|25px]] Cameras here.&lt;br /&gt;
Then specify the desired camera type. Waze has a whole range of them. We only use:&lt;br /&gt;
* Speed camera - only checks for exceeding the [[Speed limit]]. The speed at which the check is made is the speed at which the driver is driving.&lt;br /&gt;
* Red light camera - checks for driving through red lights and speeding&lt;br /&gt;
* Dummy camera - does nothing.&lt;br /&gt;
* Telephone camera, focus flash - a camera that checks whether a motorist is holding a telephone in their hand and possibly checks also on driving at speed and through red lights.&lt;br /&gt;
* Noise camera.&lt;br /&gt;
Do not add other camera types to the map for the time being.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Place the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Camera&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; at the desired location and specify the direction in which the camera flashes: one direction or both directions.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kamonu</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wazeopedia.nl/index.php?title=Camera&amp;diff=6579</id>
		<title>Camera</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wazeopedia.nl/index.php?title=Camera&amp;diff=6579"/>
		<updated>2026-03-26T13:53:42Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kamonu: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{TopLine}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Street]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:1--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Camera==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NL-Hazard-toevoegen-camera.png|right|450px]] Voordat je een &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;camera&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; toevoegt aan de Waze kaart moet je er zeker van zijn dat het echt een camera betreft. Er zijn veel apparaten die eruit zien als flitspaal of roodlichtcamera (RLC) maar het niet zijn.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Camera&#039;s worden in de [[Waze Map Editor|editor]] weergegeven en kunnen worden onderhouden wanneer &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;camera&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; staat aangevinkt in de [[Map Layers|Gevaren kaartlaag]]. Voor onderhoud is minimaal &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;L3&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; nodig.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Een nieuwe camera toevoegen kan door met de muis linksboven in de [[Waze Map Editor|editor]] op [[File:NL-WME-Plus.png|30px]] te klikken en vervolgens - camera&#039;s zijn een van de typen [[Hazards]] - op [[File:NL-WME-Gevaar.png|70px]].  Kies hier voor [[File:NL-Hazards-Camera-icon.jpg.png|25px]] Flitspalen.&lt;br /&gt;
Geef vervolgens het gewenste cameratype aan. Waze kent er een hele reeks. Wij gebruiken alleen:&lt;br /&gt;
* Snelheidscamera - controleert alleen op overschrijding van de [[Speed limit|maximum snelheid]]. De snelheid waarop gecontroleerd wordt is de snelheid die geldt voor het segment waar je op rijdt.&lt;br /&gt;
* Roodlichtcamera - controleert op rijden door rood en snelheidsoverschrijding&lt;br /&gt;
* Dummy camera - doet niets.&lt;br /&gt;
* Telefoon flitspaal, &#039;focusflitser&#039;: een flitspaal die controleert of een automobilist een telefoon in de hand houdt en mogelijk ook op snelheid en door rood rijden.&lt;br /&gt;
* Lawaai flitspaal.&lt;br /&gt;
Zet vooralsnog geen andere flitspaal typen op de kaart.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Plaats de &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;camera&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; op de gewenste locatie en geef de richting aan waarin de camera flitst: een richting of beide richtingen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
De roodlichtcamera&#039;s moeten op de stopstreep geplaatst worden. Overige &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;camera&#039;s&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; plaatsen op de locatie van de paal zelf. De camera klikt zich vast aan het betreffende segment. Het is niet mogelijk om twee segmenten, bijvoorbeeld gescheiden rijbanen, met één camera te monitoren. Gebruik in deze situatie twee camera&#039;s, één voor elke rijrichting.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:10--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Waarschuwingen===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NL-Roodlichtcameras.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
* De [[Waze app|app]] waarschuwt voor een snelheidscamera wanneer de camera monitort in de rijrichting, ongeacht snelheid die gereden wordt.  &lt;br /&gt;
* De [[Waze app|app]] waarschuwt voor een roodlichtcamera wanneer deze in de rijrichting wijst. &lt;br /&gt;
* Er wordt geen waarschuwing gegeven voor volgende camera&#039;s wanneer deze zich hemelsbreed binnen 500m van een voorgaande camera bevinden. De waarschuwing wordt dan voor de eerste camera gegeven.&lt;br /&gt;
* De dummy camera waarschuwt niet.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Opmerkingen===&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.om.nl/onderwerpen/verkeer/handhaving/snelheid-en-te-hard-rijden/verplaatsbare-flitspalen &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Flexflitsers&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;] worden ook op de kaart gezet. Voeg een [[Map Comment|kaartopmerking]] toe waarin je aangeeft dat het een tijdelijke flexflitspaal betreft. Flexflitsers worden bijgehouden op een sheet, zie hieronder. &lt;br /&gt;
* Soms staat ergens een &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Dummy camera&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;. Deze Flitspalen worden soms op de kaart gezet om te voorkomen dat app gebruikers deze camera&#039;s rapporteren als echte Flitspalen.&lt;br /&gt;
* Een &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;focusflitser&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; flitst in één richting: alleen tegemoetkomend verkeer.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[File:NL-Prio-Hazards-warning.png|right]] Sommige [[Hazards]] geven eerder een waarschuwing dan anderen. Zo kan een waarschuwing voor een [[Railroad Crossing|spoorwegovergang]] een waarschuwing voor een &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;camera&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; die eerder bereikt wordt overrulen.&lt;br /&gt;
* Het is niet mogelijk om bij een &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;camera&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; op te geven dat deze alleen linksafslaand, rechtsafslaand danwel rechtdoorgaand verkeer flitst. De Flitspaal wordt vertoond ongeacht de te volgen route.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Traject Controle&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; camera&#039;s (TC) worden niet als Flitspalen op de kaart gezet. Gebruik voor TC alleen de [[Road Aspects|Traject controle checkboxes]] van de betreffende [[Segments|wegsegmenten]].&lt;br /&gt;
* Gebruik als [[Locks|locking level]] hetzelfde niveau als het wegsegment, met een minimum van &#039;&#039;&#039;L3&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* Camera meldingen worden in het [[Slack]] kanaal #camera-bot gepubliceerd.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Sheet flexflitsers===&lt;br /&gt;
Doordat het aantal tijdelijke flitspalen steeds meer toeneemt, is er een speciale sheet waarin de diverse controle locaties worden bijgehouden. Zie voor dit overzicht het [https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1CVAi1z_feeyjfYLuIlVqZd22drUvlkAYjvz9RC9hvQo Flexflitser sheet].&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Een korte uitleg bij de kolommen van deze sheet:&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;A&#039;&#039;&#039;: De soort flitspaal (snelheid of telefoon)&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;B&#039;&#039;&#039;: De te controleren rijrichting. Bij het terugkeren van de flitspaal kan je met deze gegevens de flitspaal makkelijk instellen.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;C&#039;&#039;&#039; tot/met &#039;&#039;&#039;F&#039;&#039;&#039; : De locatiegegevens van de flitspaal.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;G&#039;&#039;&#039;: Een [[PL]] (permalink) van de [[Map Comment|kaartopmerking]] in WME. Deze kaartopmerking teken je over de controle locatie heen, lock je op minimaal &#039;&#039;&#039;L3&#039;&#039;&#039; of hoger en vul daarbij geen vervaldatum in. Zo voorkomen we dat de kaartopmerkingen verdwijnen op de kaart.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;H&#039;&#039;&#039;: Vul hier de datum van plaatsen (in WME) in, in Kolom I verschijnt dan de datum wanneer de flitspaal weer verwijderd gaat worden.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;J&#039;&#039;&#039;: Vul hier de datum van verwijderen in. Zo kan gemakkelijk zien wanneer de laatste keer de flitspaal gezien is.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;K&#039;&#039;&#039;: Vul hier de status van de flitspaal in. &#039;&#039;&#039;Actief&#039;&#039;&#039;: bij een geplaatste flitspaal &#039;&#039;&#039;Oude locatie&#039;&#039;&#039;: Bij het verwijderen van de flitspaal.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:11--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;Bron: [https://www.waze.com/forum/viewtopic.php?t=412768 New Camera type are now available in WME for IL &amp;amp; NA &amp;amp; ROW]&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
{{Bottomline}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kamonu</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wazeopedia.nl/index.php?title=Google_places&amp;diff=6578</id>
		<title>Google places</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wazeopedia.nl/index.php?title=Google_places&amp;diff=6578"/>
		<updated>2026-03-26T13:48:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kamonu: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{TopLine}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Places]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Google plaatsen==&lt;br /&gt;
Met het activeren van de [[Map Layers|kaart laag]] &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Google-plaatsen&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; worden Google-plaatsen op de WME-kaart toegevoegd. &lt;br /&gt;
Editors vanaf &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;L3&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; kunnen de vertoning van Google-plaatsen in de [[Waze Map Editor|WME]] activeren. Editors vanaf &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;L5&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; kunnen ook de Google-plaatsen vanuit de WME bijwerken.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zie ook [[Places]], external providers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Project Biggs===&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.waze.com/discuss/t/project-biggs-is-now-live-edit-google-places-straight-from-wme/401632 announcement]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://docs.google.com/document/d/1Tk0mMb-Ta9HLuOEmm3wwAobmjtzOGd1T2ihf5u3Hb4Y/edit?tab=t.eaaxhzccp7gr how-to guide]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
{{Bottomline}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kamonu</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wazeopedia.nl/index.php?title=Google_places&amp;diff=6577</id>
		<title>Google places</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wazeopedia.nl/index.php?title=Google_places&amp;diff=6577"/>
		<updated>2026-03-26T13:33:22Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kamonu: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{TopLine}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Places]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Google plaatsen==&lt;br /&gt;
Met het activeren van de [[Map Layers|kaart laag]] &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Google-plaatsen&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; worden Google-plaatsen op de WME-kaart toegevoegd. &lt;br /&gt;
Editors vanaf &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;L5&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; kunnen op basis van de Google-plaatsen Waze [[Places|plaatsen]] aan te maken dan wel bij te werken.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See [[Places]], external providers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Project Biggs===&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.waze.com/discuss/t/project-biggs-is-now-live-edit-google-places-straight-from-wme/401632 announcement]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://docs.google.com/document/d/1Tk0mMb-Ta9HLuOEmm3wwAobmjtzOGd1T2ihf5u3Hb4Y/edit?tab=t.eaaxhzccp7gr how-to guide]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
{{Bottomline}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kamonu</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wazeopedia.nl/index.php?title=Google_places&amp;diff=6576</id>
		<title>Google places</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wazeopedia.nl/index.php?title=Google_places&amp;diff=6576"/>
		<updated>2026-03-26T13:32:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kamonu: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{TopLine}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Places]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Google plaatsen==&lt;br /&gt;
Met het activeren van de [[Map layer|kaart laag]] &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Google-plaatsen&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; worden Google-plaatsen op de WME-kaart toegevoegd. &lt;br /&gt;
Editors vanaf &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;L5&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; kunnen op basis van de Google-plaatsen Waze [[Places|plaatsen]] aan te maken dan wel bij te werken.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See [[Places]], external providers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Project Biggs===&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.waze.com/discuss/t/project-biggs-is-now-live-edit-google-places-straight-from-wme/401632 announcement]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://docs.google.com/document/d/1Tk0mMb-Ta9HLuOEmm3wwAobmjtzOGd1T2ihf5u3Hb4Y/edit?tab=t.eaaxhzccp7gr how-to guide]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
{{Bottomline}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kamonu</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wazeopedia.nl/index.php?title=Map_Layers&amp;diff=6575</id>
		<title>Map Layers</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wazeopedia.nl/index.php?title=Map_Layers&amp;diff=6575"/>
		<updated>2026-03-26T13:29:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kamonu: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{TopLine}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Editing]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:1--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Kaartlagen==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NL-WME-Kaartlagen-panel.png|right|200px]] Wat de kaart in de [[Waze Map Editor]] weergeeft is afhankelijk van de geactiveerde kaartlagen. Het aan- en uitzetten van een kaartlaag kan via het [[File:NL-WME-Kaartlagen.png|28px]] icoontje aan de rechterkant van het scherm. Door op dit icoontje te klikken wordt het &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;kaartlagen panel&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; vertoond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Problemen===&lt;br /&gt;
Hier kan het weergeven van problemen aan- en uitgeschakeld worden. Welke problemen, meldingen er vertoond worden kan via de [[Issue tracker]] worden aangegeven.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Google-plaatsen===&lt;br /&gt;
Hiermee kan de vertoning van [[Google places|Google-plaatsen]] op de WME kaart aan- en uitgeschakeld worden.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Plaatsen===&lt;br /&gt;
Het vertonen van [[Places|plaatsen]] kan aan- en uitgeschakeld worden. Voor een aantal [[Place categories|typen plaatsen]] kan de vertoning specifiek gestuurd worden. Voor een rustiger kaartbeeld is het handig om de &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Natural feautures&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; laag uit te zetten.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Weg===&lt;br /&gt;
Het vertonen van [[Road types|wegen]] kan aan- en uitgeschakeld worden. Ook bij een aantal specifieke wegaspecten kan aangegeven worden of ze weergegeven moeten worden:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Junction boxes&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; moet geactiveerd zijn om met [[Junction Box|Junction Boxes]] te kunnen werken.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Paths&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; moet geactiveerd zijn om met [[Lane Guidance]] te kunnen werken.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Flitspalen&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; moet geactiveerd zijn om met [[Camera|flitspalen]] te kunnen werken.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Overwegen&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; moet geactiveerd zijn om met [[Railroad Crossing|spoorwegovergangen]] te kunnen werken.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Huisnummers&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; moet geactiveerd zijn om met [[House numbers|huisnummers]] te kunnen werken.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Gevaren===&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Camera|Flitspalen]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Railroad Crossing|Overwegen]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Schoolzone]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Complexe kruispunten&lt;br /&gt;
* Samenvoegingen rijstroken&lt;br /&gt;
* Verkeersdrempels&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Toll road|Tolpoorten]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Weergave===&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Satellietbeelden&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;: Aan- en uitschakelen vertoning satellietbeeld.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Extra beeldmateriaal&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;: Door het selecteren deze optie wordt een lijstje opgeroepen waarop aangegeven kan worden welk satellietbeeld gebruikt moet worden:&lt;br /&gt;
** Recentste boven&lt;br /&gt;
** Hoogste kwaliteit boven&lt;br /&gt;
** Beelden van een specifieke satelliet&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Area Manager|Area managers]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[GPS|GPS-punten]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Editable area|Te bewerken gebieden]]&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Online kaartbewerkers&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; [[File:NL-WME-online-editors.png|125px]] worden weergegeven wanneer dit hier is aangegeven.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Verboden afslagen&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; (Shortcut Shift-Z): Hiermee kan geswitched worden tussen vertoning van alle rode [[Junction Arrows|kruispuntpijlen]] op de plek waar je aan het editen bent en de standaard situatie: de &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;junction arrows&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; bij het geselecteerde segment.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Map Comment|Kaartopmerkingen]]&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Stadspolygonen&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;: Hiermee kan de weergave van de afgeleide stadsgrenzen aan- en uitgezet worden. De stadspolygonen worden afgeleid van de gebruikte segment-plaatsnamen.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Area|Gebieden met beperkingen]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Bottomline}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kamonu</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wazeopedia.nl/index.php?title=Google_places&amp;diff=6574</id>
		<title>Google places</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wazeopedia.nl/index.php?title=Google_places&amp;diff=6574"/>
		<updated>2026-03-26T11:31:16Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kamonu: Nieuwe pagina aangemaakt met &amp;#039;{{TopLine}} Category: Places &amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;  ==Google places==  See Places, external providers  ===Project Biggs=== * [https://www.waze.com/discuss/t/project-biggs-is-now-live-edit-google-places-straight-from-wme/401632 announcement] * [https://docs.google.com/document/d/1Tk0mMb-Ta9HLuOEmm3wwAobmjtzOGd1T2ihf5u3Hb4Y/edit?tab=t.eaaxhzccp7gr how-to guide]  &amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;  {{Bottomline}}&amp;#039;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{TopLine}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Places]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Google places==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See [[Places]], external providers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Project Biggs===&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.waze.com/discuss/t/project-biggs-is-now-live-edit-google-places-straight-from-wme/401632 announcement]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://docs.google.com/document/d/1Tk0mMb-Ta9HLuOEmm3wwAobmjtzOGd1T2ihf5u3Hb4Y/edit?tab=t.eaaxhzccp7gr how-to guide]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
{{Bottomline}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kamonu</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wazeopedia.nl/index.php?title=Index/en&amp;diff=6573</id>
		<title>Index/en</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wazeopedia.nl/index.php?title=Index/en&amp;diff=6573"/>
		<updated>2026-03-26T11:28:05Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kamonu: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:Main]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4x4 see: [[Off-road]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;A&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Abbreviations]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[User profile|Account]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[ABC-islands]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[House_numbers#Notes|Address location]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.waze.com/wiki/USA/File:Search_Result_Pyramid.png address location search pyramid]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Advanced Guide]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Street and City names|Alternative street name]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Waze app|App]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[App coordinates|App coordinates]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Area]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Area Manager]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Places#Area Places|Area places]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[ATM Place]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Speed|Average speed]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;B&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[BAG]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Beta tester]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Street|Bicycle street]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bluesky]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;C&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Kadastrale kaart|Cadastral map]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[CADO]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Camera]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Place_categories#Shopping_and_services|Car rental plaats]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Charging Station Place]] electric cars&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Chat]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Chit-chat]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Street and City names|City names]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Street_and_City_names#Stadsgrens|City polygon]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Closures|Closure]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Closure on Turn]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Closure procedures]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Complex Restrictions]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Community]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Community Levels]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[App coordinates|Coordinates]] in the App&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Corona]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Roundabout|Cul de sac]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;D&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Dashboard]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Debug report]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Detour Prevention Mechanism]] (DPM)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Discord]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Drives, see: [[Waze Map Editor|Waze Map Editor]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;E&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bridges|Ecoduct]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Editable area]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Additional editing tips|Editing tips]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Waze Map Editor|Editor]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Editor level]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Elevation]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Entry point logic]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;F&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Facebook]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Falcon Snapper]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Lane Guidance|Far Lanes]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Ferry]] road type&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Road_Aspects#Filter_lanes|Filter lanes]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Flagged place]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Camera|Flexflitser]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Forum]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Freeway]] roadtype&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;G&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Gas Price Feed|Brandstofprijzen feed]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Gas Station Place]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.waze.com/wiki/CommunityHub/Glossary Glossary] (global wiki)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Google places]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[GPS]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Greasy Fork]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;H&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Hazards]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[House numbers]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Elevation|Height]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;I&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Improve your skills]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Issue tracker]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;J&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Junction Arrows]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Junction Box]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Junction Box over Roundabout]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[WME Junction Angle info|Junction Angle info]] script&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;K&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.waze.com/wiki/USA/Keyboard_shortcuts Keyboard shortcuts] (USA wiki)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[KISS]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;L&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Issue tracker [[Issue tracker labels|Labels]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Lane Guidance]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[LARGAS]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Live map]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Locks]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Quick_start_guide/en#Avoid_a_loop_road|Loop roads]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;M&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[WME Magic|Magic]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Major Highway]] road type&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Major Traffic Events]] (MTE)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Map Layers]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Map Comment]] (MC)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Map Problems]] (MP)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Map-update]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Mapraid]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Melvin]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Community/en#Your_community_career_path|Mentor]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Additional editing tips|Micro dogleg]] (mDL)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Minor Highway]] road type&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Motorcycling]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Multiple Lanes for RoundAbouts]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Road Munching|Munching]] roads&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;N&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Alley|Narrow street]] road type&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Routing|Navigation]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[New Housing Development]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Nodes]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Non-drivable roads]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;O&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Off-road]] road type&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Official Announcements]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[WME OpenMaps script|OpenMaps script]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Street_and_City_names#Straatnamen|Parallel road]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Parking Lot Road]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Parking Lot Place]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Paving]] a new road&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Pedestrian Boardwalk]] road type, without destinations&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[PL|Permalink]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Nodes|Phantom nodes]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Places|Phone number]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Place categories]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Place update request]] (PUR)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Places]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Places#Point Places|Point places]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Segments|Preferred routing]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Primary Street]] road type&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Private road]] road type&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Pedestrian Boardwalk|Public transport]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Q&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Quick start guide]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;R&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Railroad]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Railroad Crossing]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Ramp]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Residential Place]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Resources]] allowed to use&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
[[Restricted Driving Areas]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Restrictions]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[What do they say|Reviews]] of the Waze app&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Road_Aspects]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Road_Aspects#Ring_roads|Ring roads]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Road shield]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Road types]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Road width]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Roundabout]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Multiple Lanes for RoundAbouts|Roundbout multiple lanes]] (MULRA)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Runway/Taxiway]] road type&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;S&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Schoolzone]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.waze.com/nl/leaderboard Scorebord]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Scheduler]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Scripts]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.waze.com/wiki/USA/Search_codes Search codes] (USA Wiki)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
[[Taxi#Veiligheidsregio&#039;s|Security region]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Segments|Segment]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Segment suggestions]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Service Area]] (highway)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Road_Aspects#Shopping_streets|Shopping treets]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Slack]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Junction_Arrows#Soft_turns|Soft turns]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Speed]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Camera|Speed camera]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Speed limit]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[SpecialPages]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Road_Aspects#Twee-richting_verkeer_segmenten_splitsen|Split 2-direction traffic segments]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Starters Summary]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Stairway]] road type&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Stop signs]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Street]] road type&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Street and City names]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Suggest an edit]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;T&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Tampermonkey]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Taxi]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Text to speak|Text to speech]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Toll road]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[WME Toolbox|Toolbox]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Tools]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Road_Aspects#Segment_Properties|Trajectory control]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Traffic lights]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Tunnel]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Turn Instructions]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Turn restriction]], see also [[Junction Arrows]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Twitter]] X&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;U&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[U-route]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[U-turn]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Road Aspects|Unpaved]] segment attribute&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Update request]] (UR)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[UR overview page]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[User profile]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Userscript Guidelines]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;V&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;W&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Walking trail]] road type with destinations&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Wayfinder]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Waze app]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Waze Map Editor]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Waze Map Editor Legend]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Wegstatus.nl]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Wiki]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Wiki updates]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;X&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Twitter|X]] former Twitter&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Y&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Z&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
{{Bottomline}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kamonu</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wazeopedia.nl/index.php?title=Translations:Index/35/en&amp;diff=6572</id>
		<title>Translations:Index/35/en</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wazeopedia.nl/index.php?title=Translations:Index/35/en&amp;diff=6572"/>
		<updated>2026-03-26T11:28:05Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kamonu: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;G&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Gas Price Feed|Brandstofprijzen feed]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Gas Station Place]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.waze.com/wiki/CommunityHub/Glossary Glossary] (global wiki)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Google places]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[GPS]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Greasy Fork]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kamonu</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wazeopedia.nl/index.php?title=Index&amp;diff=6568</id>
		<title>Index</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wazeopedia.nl/index.php?title=Index&amp;diff=6568"/>
		<updated>2026-03-26T11:27:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kamonu: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:Main]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:28--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4x4 see: [[Off-road|4x4 voertuigen]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:29--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;A&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Update request|Aanpassingsverzoek (UR)]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[User profile|Account]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Abbreviations|Afkortingen]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[ABC-islands|ABC eilanden]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[House_numbers#Opmerkingen|Adres locatie]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Advanced Guide|Advanced guide]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Junction Arrows|Afslag]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Closure on Turn|Afslag afsluiting]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Turn restriction|Afslagbeperking]] (TR), zie [[Junction Arrows]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Closure procedures|Afsluiting procedures]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Closures|Afsluitingen]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Street and City names|Alternatieve straat naam]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Waze app|App]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Area]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Area Manager]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Een nieuwe weg [[Paving|Asfalteren]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Place_categories#Winkels_en_Diensten|Auto verhuur bedrijf plaats]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:30--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;B&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[BAG]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Starters Summary|Beginners overzicht]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Major Traffic Events|Belangrijke verkeersgebeurtenissen (MTE)]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Restrictions|Beperkingen]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Beta tester]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bluesky]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Gas Price Feed|Brandstofprijzen feed]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Resources|Bronnen]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bridges|Bruggen]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tijdelijke [[Bypass|bypass]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:31--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;C&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[CADO]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Camera]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Chat]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Chit-chat]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Community]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Community Levels|Community niveaus]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[App coordinates|Coordinaten]] in de app&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Corona]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Roundabout|Cul de sac]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:32--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;D&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Dashboard]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Debug report|Debug melding]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Detour Prevention Mechanism|Detour (omleiding) preventie mechanisme (DPM)]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Discord]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:33--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;E&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bridges|Ecoduct]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Additional editing tips|Editing tips]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Waze Map Editor|Editor]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Editor level|Editor niveau]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Entry point logic|Entry point logica]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:34--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;F&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Facebook]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Falcon Snapper]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Nodes#Fantoomknooppunten|Fantoom knooppunten]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Lane_Guidance#Far_Lanes|Far Lanes]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Street|Fietsstraat]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Camera|Flexflitser]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Camera|Flitspaal]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Forum]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Freeway|Freeway (Autosnelweg)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:35--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;G&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Editable area|Gebied, onderhoudbaar]] (EA) &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Places#Areaplaatsen|Gebied plaatsen]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Restricted Driving Areas|Gebieden met beperkte toegang]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Userscript Guidelines|Gebruiker script richtlijnen]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Scripts|Gebruiker scripts]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[User profile|Gebruikersprofiel]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[ATM Place|Geld automaat]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Community|Gemeenschap]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Community Levels|Gemeenschaps niveaus]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Flagged place|Gemerkte plaats]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Speed|Gemiddelde snelheid]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Hazards|Gevaren]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://wazeopedia.waze.com/wiki/Global/Glossary Glossary] (algemene Wiki)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Google places]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[GPS]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Greasy Fork]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Border crossing|Grensovergang]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:36--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;H&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[House numbers|Huisnummers]] (HN)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Elevation|Hoogte]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Tools|Hulpmiddelen]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:37--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;I&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Issue tracker]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:38--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;J&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Junction Arrows]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Junction Box]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Junction Box over Roundabout|Junction Box en rotondes]] (JUBRA) &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[WME Junction Angle info|Junction Hoek info]] script&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:39--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;K&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Map Layers|Kaartlagen]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Map Comment|Kaartopmerking]] (MC)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Map Problems|Kaartproblemen (MP)]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Kadastrale kaart]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[KISS]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Nodes|Knooppunten]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:40--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;L&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Charging Station Place|Laadpaal]] elektrische auto&#039;s&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Issue tracker [[Issue tracker labels|Labels]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Lane Guidance]] (LG)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Multiple Lanes for RoundAbouts|Lane Guidance voor rotondes]] (MULRA)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[LARGAS]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Live map|Livekaart]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Locks]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Quick_start_guide#Luswegen_vermijden|Lus wegen]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:41--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;M&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[WME Magic|Magic]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Major Highway]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Major Traffic Events|Belangrijke verkeersgebeurtenissen (MTE)]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Map-update]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Mapraid]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Speed limit|Maximum snelheid]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Melvin]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Community#Jouw_carri.C3.A8re_pad_binnen_onze_gemeenschap|Mentor]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Additional editing tips|Micro dogleg]] (mDL)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Minor Highway]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Motorcycling|Motorrijders]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Road Munching|Wegen &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;munching&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:42--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;N&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Routing|Navigatie]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Turn Instructions|Navigatie-aanwijzingen]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:43--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;O&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Off-road [[Off-road|4x4 voertuigen]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Non-drivable roads|Onberijdbare wegen]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Road Aspects|Onverhard]] segment attribuut&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Pedestrian_Boardwalk#Openbaar_vervoer|Openbaar vervoer]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[WME OpenMaps script|OpenMaps script]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Charging Station Place|Oplaadpaal plaats]] elektrische auto&#039;s&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:44--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Street_and_City_names#Straatnamen|Parallelweg]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Parking Lot Road|Parking lot road (Parkeerplaats)]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Parking Lot Place|Parkeerplaats plaats]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Pedestrian Boardwalk|Pedestrian boardwalk (zonder bestemmingen)]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[ATM Place|Pin automaat]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[PL|Permalink]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Place categories|Plaats categorieën]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Place update request|Plaats aanpassings verzoek (PUR)]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Places|Plaatsen]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Street_and_City_names#Stadsgrens|Plaatspolygoon]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Ferry|Pont]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Segments|Preferred routing]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Primary Street|Primary Street (Hoofdwegen)]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Private road|Private road (Bestemmingsverkeer)]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Places#Point Places|Punt plaatsen]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:45--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Q&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Quick start guide]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:46--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;R&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Ramp|Ramp (Op-/afrit)]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Road_Aspects#Ring_roads|Ringwegen]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Ritten zie: [[Waze Map Editor#Drives|Waze Map Editor]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Road width]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Roundabout|Rotonde]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Multiple Lanes for RoundAbouts|Rotonde Lane Guidance]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Runway/Taxiway|Runway/Taxiway (Landingsbaan)]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:47--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;S&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Schoolzone]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.waze.com/nl/leaderboard Scorebord]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Scheduler]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Scripts]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Segments|Segment]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Segment suggestions|Segment suggesties]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Slack]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Complex Restrictions|Sluisje]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.waze.com/wiki/USA/Keyboard_shortcuts Sneltoetsen] (algemene Wiki)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Alley|Smalle straat]] wegtype&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Speed|Snelheid]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Junction_Arrows#Soft_turns|Soft turns]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Road_Aspects#Twee-richting_verkeer_segmenten_splitsen|Splitsen 2-richting verkeer segmenten]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Railroad|Spoorlijn]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Railroad Crossing|Spoorwegovergang]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[SpecialPages|Speciale pagina&#039;s]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Street and City names|Stadsnaam]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Stairway|Stairway (trap) wegtype]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Stop signs|Stopborden]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Street|Street (Straat)]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Street and City names|Straatnaam]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Suggest an edit|Stel een aanpassing voor]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:48--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;T&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Tampermonkey]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Taxi]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Gas Station Place|Tankstation]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Places|Telefoonnummer]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[What do they say|Testen]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Text to speak|Tekst naar spraak]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Toll road|Tolweg]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[WME Toolbox|Toolbox]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Road_Aspects#Maximum_snelheid|Traject controle]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Tunnel]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Turn restriction]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Twitter]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:49--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;U&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[U-route]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[U-turn|U-bocht]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[UR overview page|UR overzicht pagina]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:50--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;V&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Taxi#Veiligheidsregio&#039;s|Veiligheidsregio]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Improve your skills|Verbeter je vaardigheden]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Restricted Driving Areas|Vergunning gebied]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Official Announcements|Verkeersbesluiten]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Traffic lights|Verkeerslichten]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Service Area|Verzorgingsplaats]] (highway)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Voetpad zie: [[Walking trail|Walking trail (met bestemmingen)]] or [[Pedestrian Boardwalk|Pedestrian boardwalk (zonder bestemmingen)]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Road_Aspects#Voorsorteerstroken|Voorsorteer stroken]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:51--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;W&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Walking trail|Walking trail (met bestemmingen)]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Wayfinder]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Waze app]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Waze Map Editor]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Waze Map Editor Legend]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Road Aspects|Weg aspecten]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Road shield|Wegschild]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Wegstatus.nl]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Road types|Wegtypen]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[New Housing Development|Wijk in aanbouw]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Wiki]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Wiki updates]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Road_Aspects#Winkelstraten|Winkelstraten]] inrijden alleen tijdens bepaalde uren toegestaan voor laden en lossen&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Residential Place|Woning (plaats)]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:52--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;X&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:53--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Y&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:54--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Z&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.waze.com/wiki/USA/Search_codes Zoek codes] (algemene Wiki)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.waze.com/wiki/USA/File:Search_Result_Pyramid.png Zoekpyramide]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
{{Bottomline}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kamonu</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wazeopedia.nl/index.php?title=Camera&amp;diff=6567</id>
		<title>Camera</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wazeopedia.nl/index.php?title=Camera&amp;diff=6567"/>
		<updated>2026-03-26T11:25:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kamonu: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{TopLine}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Street]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:1--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Camera==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NL-Hazard-toevoegen-camera.png|right|450px]] Voordat je een &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;camera&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; toevoegt aan de Waze kaart moet je er zeker van zijn dat het echt een camera betreft. Er zijn veel apparaten die eruit zien als flitspaal of roodlichtcamera (RLC) maar het niet zijn.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Camera&#039;s worden in de [[Waze Map Editor|editor]] weergegeven en kunnen worden onderhouden wanneer &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;camera&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; staat aangevinkt in de [[Map Layers|Gevaren kaartlaag]]. Voor onderhoud is minimaal &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;L3&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; nodig.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Een nieuwe camera toevoegen kan door met de muis linksboven in de [[Waze Map Editor|editor]] op [[File:NL-WME-Plus.png|30px]] te klikken en vervolgens - camera&#039;s zijn een van de typen [[Hazards]] - op [[File:NL-WME-Gevaar.png|70px]].  Kies hier voor [[File:NL-Hazards-Camera-icon.jpg.png|25px]] Flitspalen.&lt;br /&gt;
Geef vervolgens het gewenste cameratype aan. Waze kent er een hele reeks. Wij gebruiken alleen:&lt;br /&gt;
* Snelheidscamera - controleert alleen op overschrijding van de [[Speed limit|maximum snelheid]]. De snelheid waarop gecontroleerd wordt is de snelheid die geldt voor het segment waar je op rijdt.&lt;br /&gt;
* Roodlichtcamera - controleert op rijden door rood en snelheidsoverschrijding&lt;br /&gt;
* Dummy camera - doet niets.&lt;br /&gt;
* Telefoon flitspaal, &#039;focusflitser&#039;: een flitspaal die controleert of een automobilist een telefoon in de hand houdt en mogelijk ook op snelheid en door rood rijden.&lt;br /&gt;
* Lawaai flitspaal.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Plaats de &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;camera&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; op de gewenste locatie en geef de richting aan waarin de camera flitst: een richting of beide richtingen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
De roodlichtcamera&#039;s moeten op de stopstreep geplaatst worden. Overige &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;camera&#039;s&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; plaatsen op de locatie van de paal zelf. De camera klikt zich vast aan het betreffende segment. Het is niet mogelijk om twee segmenten, bijvoorbeeld gescheiden rijbanen, met één camera te monitoren. Gebruik in deze situatie twee camera&#039;s, één voor elke rijrichting.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:10--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Waarschuwingen===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NL-Roodlichtcameras.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
* De [[Waze app|app]] waarschuwt voor een snelheidscamera wanneer de camera monitort in de rijrichting, ongeacht snelheid die gereden wordt.  &lt;br /&gt;
* De [[Waze app|app]] waarschuwt voor een roodlichtcamera wanneer deze in de rijrichting wijst. &lt;br /&gt;
* Er wordt geen waarschuwing gegeven voor volgende camera&#039;s wanneer deze zich hemelsbreed binnen 500m van een voorgaande camera bevinden. De waarschuwing wordt dan voor de eerste camera gegeven.&lt;br /&gt;
* De dummy camera waarschuwt niet.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Opmerkingen===&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.om.nl/onderwerpen/verkeer/handhaving/snelheid-en-te-hard-rijden/verplaatsbare-flitspalen &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Flexflitsers&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;] worden ook op de kaart gezet. Voeg een [[Map Comment|kaartopmerking]] toe waarin je aangeeft dat het een tijdelijke flexflitspaal betreft. Flexflitsers worden bijgehouden op een sheet, zie hieronder. &lt;br /&gt;
* Soms staat ergens een &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Dummy camera&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;. Deze Flitspalen worden soms op de kaart gezet om te voorkomen dat app gebruikers deze camera&#039;s rapporteren als echte Flitspalen.&lt;br /&gt;
* Een &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;focusflitser&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; flitst in één richting: alleen tegemoetkomend verkeer.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[File:NL-Prio-Hazards-warning.png|right]] Sommige [[Hazards]] geven eerder een waarschuwing dan anderen. Zo kan een waarschuwing voor een [[Railroad Crossing|spoorwegovergang]] een waarschuwing voor een &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;camera&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; die eerder bereikt wordt overrulen.&lt;br /&gt;
* Het is niet mogelijk om bij een &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;camera&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; op te geven dat deze alleen linksafslaand, rechtsafslaand danwel rechtdoorgaand verkeer flitst. De Flitspaal wordt vertoond ongeacht de te volgen route.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Traject Controle&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; camera&#039;s (TC) worden niet als Flitspalen op de kaart gezet. Gebruik voor TC alleen de [[Road Aspects|Traject controle checkboxes]] van de betreffende [[Segments|wegsegmenten]].&lt;br /&gt;
* Gebruik als [[Locks|locking level]] hetzelfde niveau als het wegsegment, met een minimum van &#039;&#039;&#039;L3&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* Camera meldingen worden in het [[Slack]] kanaal #camera-bot gepubliceerd.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Sheet flexflitsers===&lt;br /&gt;
Doordat het aantal tijdelijke flitspalen steeds meer toeneemt, is er een speciale sheet waarin de diverse controle locaties worden bijgehouden. Zie voor dit overzicht het [https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1CVAi1z_feeyjfYLuIlVqZd22drUvlkAYjvz9RC9hvQo Flexflitser sheet].&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Een korte uitleg bij de kolommen van deze sheet:&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;A&#039;&#039;&#039;: De soort flitspaal (snelheid of telefoon)&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;B&#039;&#039;&#039;: De te controleren rijrichting. Bij het terugkeren van de flitspaal kan je met deze gegevens de flitspaal makkelijk instellen.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;C&#039;&#039;&#039; tot/met &#039;&#039;&#039;F&#039;&#039;&#039; : De locatiegegevens van de flitspaal.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;G&#039;&#039;&#039;: Een [[PL]] (permalink) van de [[Map Comment|kaartopmerking]] in WME. Deze kaartopmerking teken je over de controle locatie heen, lock je op minimaal &#039;&#039;&#039;L3&#039;&#039;&#039; of hoger en vul daarbij geen vervaldatum in. Zo voorkomen we dat de kaartopmerkingen verdwijnen op de kaart.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;H&#039;&#039;&#039;: Vul hier de datum van plaatsen (in WME) in, in Kolom I verschijnt dan de datum wanneer de flitspaal weer verwijderd gaat worden.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;J&#039;&#039;&#039;: Vul hier de datum van verwijderen in. Zo kan gemakkelijk zien wanneer de laatste keer de flitspaal gezien is.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;K&#039;&#039;&#039;: Vul hier de status van de flitspaal in. &#039;&#039;&#039;Actief&#039;&#039;&#039;: bij een geplaatste flitspaal &#039;&#039;&#039;Oude locatie&#039;&#039;&#039;: Bij het verwijderen van de flitspaal.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:11--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;Bron: [https://www.waze.com/forum/viewtopic.php?t=412768 New Camera type are now available in WME for IL &amp;amp; NA &amp;amp; ROW]&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
{{Bottomline}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kamonu</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wazeopedia.nl/index.php?title=Camera&amp;diff=6566</id>
		<title>Camera</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wazeopedia.nl/index.php?title=Camera&amp;diff=6566"/>
		<updated>2026-03-26T11:12:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kamonu: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{TopLine}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Street]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:1--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Camera==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NL-Hazard-toevoegen-camera.png|right|450px]] Voordat je een &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;camera&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; toevoegt aan de Waze kaart moet je er zeker van zijn dat het echt een camera betreft. Er zijn veel apparaten die eruit zien als flitspaal of roodlichtcamera (RLC) maar het niet zijn.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Camera&#039;s worden in de [[Waze Map Editor|editor]] weergegeven en kunnen worden onderhouden wanneer &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;camera&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; staat aangevinkt in de [[Map Layers|Gevaren kaartlaag]]. Voor onderhoud is minimaal &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;L3&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; nodig.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Een nieuwe camera toevoegen kan door met de muis linksboven in de [[Waze Map Editor|editor]] op [[File:NL-WME-Plus.png|30px]] te klikken en vervolgens - camera&#039;s zijn een van de typen [[Hazards]] - op [[File:NL-WME-Gevaar.png|70px]].  Kies hier voor [[File:NL-Hazards-Camera-icon.jpg.png|25px]] Cameras.&lt;br /&gt;
Geef vervolgens het gewenste cameratype aan. Waze kent er een hele reeks. Wij gebruiken alleen:&lt;br /&gt;
* Snelheidscamera - controleert alleen op overschrijding van de [[Speed limit|maximum snelheid]]. De snelheid waarop gecontroleerd wordt is de snelheid die geldt voor het segment waar je op rijdt.&lt;br /&gt;
* Roodlichtcamera - controleert op rijden door rood en snelheidsoverschrijding&lt;br /&gt;
* Dummy camera - doet niets.&lt;br /&gt;
* Telefoon flitspaal, &#039;focusflitser&#039;: een flitspaal die controleert of een automobilist een telefoon in de hand houdt en mogelijk ook op snelheid en door rood rijden.&lt;br /&gt;
* Lawaai flitspaal.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Plaats de &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;camera&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; op de gewenste locatie en geef de richting aan waarin de camera flitst: een richting of beide richtingen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
De roodlichtcamera&#039;s moeten op de stopstreep geplaatst worden. Overige &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;camera&#039;s&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; plaatsen op de locatie van de paal zelf. De camera klikt zich vast aan het betreffende segment. Het is niet mogelijk om twee segmenten, bijvoorbeeld gescheiden rijbanen, met één camera te monitoren. Gebruik in deze situatie twee camera&#039;s, één voor elke rijrichting.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:10--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Waarschuwingen===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NL-Roodlichtcameras.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
* De [[Waze app|app]] waarschuwt voor een snelheidscamera wanneer de camera monitort in de rijrichting, ongeacht snelheid die gereden wordt.  &lt;br /&gt;
* De [[Waze app|app]] waarschuwt voor een roodlichtcamera wanneer deze in de rijrichting wijst. &lt;br /&gt;
* Er wordt geen waarschuwing gegeven voor volgende camera&#039;s wanneer deze zich hemelsbreed binnen 500m van een voorgaande camera bevinden. De waarschuwing wordt dan voor de eerste camera gegeven.&lt;br /&gt;
* De dummy camera waarschuwt niet.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Opmerkingen===&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.om.nl/onderwerpen/verkeer/handhaving/snelheid-en-te-hard-rijden/verplaatsbare-flitspalen &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Flexflitsers&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;] worden ook op de kaart gezet. Voeg een [[Map Comment|kaartopmerking]] toe waarin je aangeeft dat het een tijdelijke flexflitspaal betreft. Flexflitsers worden bijgehouden op een sheet, zie hieronder. &lt;br /&gt;
* Soms staat ergens een &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Dummy camera&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;. Deze Flitspalen worden soms op de kaart gezet om te voorkomen dat app gebruikers deze camera&#039;s rapporteren als echte Flitspalen.&lt;br /&gt;
* Een &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;focusflitser&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; flitst in één richting: alleen tegemoetkomend verkeer.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[File:NL-Prio-Hazards-warning.png|right]] Sommige [[Hazards]] geven eerder een waarschuwing dan anderen. Zo kan een waarschuwing voor een [[Railroad Crossing|spoorwegovergang]] een waarschuwing voor een &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;camera&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; die eerder bereikt wordt overrulen.&lt;br /&gt;
* Het is niet mogelijk om bij een &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;camera&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; op te geven dat deze alleen linksafslaand, rechtsafslaand danwel rechtdoorgaand verkeer flitst. De Flitspaal wordt vertoond ongeacht de te volgen route.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Traject Controle&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; camera&#039;s (TC) worden niet als Flitspalen op de kaart gezet. Gebruik voor TC alleen de [[Road Aspects|Traject controle checkboxes]] van de betreffende [[Segments|wegsegmenten]].&lt;br /&gt;
* Gebruik als [[Locks|locking level]] hetzelfde niveau als het wegsegment, met een minimum van &#039;&#039;&#039;L3&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* Camera meldingen worden in het [[Slack]] kanaal #camera-bot gepubliceerd.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Sheet flexflitsers===&lt;br /&gt;
Doordat het aantal tijdelijke flitspalen steeds meer toeneemt, is er een speciale sheet waarin de diverse controle locaties worden bijgehouden. Zie voor dit overzicht het [https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1CVAi1z_feeyjfYLuIlVqZd22drUvlkAYjvz9RC9hvQo Flexflitser sheet].&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Een korte uitleg bij de kolommen van deze sheet:&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;A&#039;&#039;&#039;: De soort flitspaal (snelheid of telefoon)&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;B&#039;&#039;&#039;: De te controleren rijrichting. Bij het terugkeren van de flitspaal kan je met deze gegevens de flitspaal makkelijk instellen.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;C&#039;&#039;&#039; tot/met &#039;&#039;&#039;F&#039;&#039;&#039; : De locatiegegevens van de flitspaal.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;G&#039;&#039;&#039;: Een [[PL]] (permalink) van de [[Map Comment|kaartopmerking]] in WME. Deze kaartopmerking teken je over de controle locatie heen, lock je op minimaal &#039;&#039;&#039;L3&#039;&#039;&#039; of hoger en vul daarbij geen vervaldatum in. Zo voorkomen we dat de kaartopmerkingen verdwijnen op de kaart.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;H&#039;&#039;&#039;: Vul hier de datum van plaatsen (in WME) in, in Kolom I verschijnt dan de datum wanneer de flitspaal weer verwijderd gaat worden.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;J&#039;&#039;&#039;: Vul hier de datum van verwijderen in. Zo kan gemakkelijk zien wanneer de laatste keer de flitspaal gezien is.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;K&#039;&#039;&#039;: Vul hier de status van de flitspaal in. &#039;&#039;&#039;Actief&#039;&#039;&#039;: bij een geplaatste flitspaal &#039;&#039;&#039;Oude locatie&#039;&#039;&#039;: Bij het verwijderen van de flitspaal.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:11--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;Bron: [https://www.waze.com/forum/viewtopic.php?t=412768 New Camera type are now available in WME for IL &amp;amp; NA &amp;amp; ROW]&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
{{Bottomline}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kamonu</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wazeopedia.nl/index.php?title=Bestand:NL-Hazard-toevoegen-camera.png&amp;diff=6565</id>
		<title>Bestand:NL-Hazard-toevoegen-camera.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wazeopedia.nl/index.php?title=Bestand:NL-Hazard-toevoegen-camera.png&amp;diff=6565"/>
		<updated>2026-03-26T11:11:20Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kamonu: Kamonu heeft een nieuwe versie van Bestand:NL-Hazard-toevoegen-camera.png geüpload&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Beschrijving ==&lt;br /&gt;
Importing file&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kamonu</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wazeopedia.nl/index.php?title=Places/en&amp;diff=6564</id>
		<title>Places/en</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wazeopedia.nl/index.php?title=Places/en&amp;diff=6564"/>
		<updated>2026-03-18T10:01:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kamonu: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{TopLine}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Place]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Places==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Places&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; are searchable destinations on the Waze map, just like the &amp;quot;Points of Interest&amp;quot; found on certain popular GPS devices. They can be added from the app, but also in the [[Waze Map Editor]]. Here you will find instructions for creating a &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;place&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; in the [[Waze Map Editor|editor]]. For a description of the different types of places, see the [[Place categories]] page. Places can only be defined when the Places [[Waze_Map_Editor#Layers_menu|Map Layer]] is activated.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A place can be defined as a &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;point&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; or an &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;area place&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;. Above a certain size, &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Area places&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; become visible in the app. A &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Point place&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; is never visible, but both types can be searched, selected, and navigated to. There is also a third type of place called [[#Residential or Private Places|Residential places]], these are private addresses. These are always point places.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Creating a Place===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NL-WME-Plaats-opties.png|220xpx|right|Place Options]] Click the [[File:NL-WME-Plaats.png|85xpx]] icon at the top of the [[Waze Map Editor]] to add a &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Place&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; and then choose one of the displayed [[Place categories|place categories]] from the list. Finally, a choice must be made between a &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;point&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; and an &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;area place&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For some place categories, an additional submenu is displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NL-WME-Plaats-subopties.png|280xpx]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Points===&lt;br /&gt;
Points are not displayed in the app. They are only used to help Wazers find locations, especially when they are not listed or are listed incorrectly in other search engines. Because the places can be looked up/selected from the [[Waze app|app]], the accurate positioning of a point and providing a full address (including [[House numbers|street number]]) are both extremely important.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the [[Waze Map Editor|editor]], a point is displayed as a small circle, with the exception of a &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;residential place&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;, which is shown as a small triangle.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wme place.png]] Default point place&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wme place selected.png]] Selected point place&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wme place changed.png]] Changed point place&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wme place pending update.png]] Modified point location, awaiting approval&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Waze routing server navigates the Wazer to the segment that is physically closest to where the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Point Location&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; is placed. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The point marker is the stopping point. If the place is located inside a building, the marker should usually be placed at or near the main entrance of the location. Try to imagine where you would stop to drop someone off at this location.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Icons and dot markers====&lt;br /&gt;
Icons and dot markers are colored by category.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For better visibility, icons and dot markers are now displayed according to the zoom level, namely:&lt;br /&gt;
* Zoom level 18-22: icon&lt;br /&gt;
* Zoom level 17: dot marker; icon with mouse pointer over the location&lt;br /&gt;
* Zoom level 16 and lower: nothing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Area Places===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Area Places&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; (area places) are shown in the [[Waze app]] when they are large enough (&amp;gt; 500 m²). Too many area places can make the map cluttered, creating large gray zones that do not help Wazers find their way. Therefore, it is important to use &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Area Places&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; only if they are distinctive and important enough to orient drivers. Ensure that you do not place the place nodes on road segment nodes. This makes it more difficult to edit the place and/or segments later.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Parking Lot Place]] and [[Gas Station Place|Gas Stations]] must be drawn as area places, regardless of their size. All other places are generally drawn as point places, except when they are large and distinctive enough to aid orientation while driving. See also the section on [[#How to define area or point|Choosing between point and area location]].&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Generally, an &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Area Location&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; only covers what a Wazer sees when driving to the actual location. It follows that the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Area Location&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; indicates the visible building, not the territory. However, an &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Area Location&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; does not need to be as detailed as the building itself.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Natural elements such as forests, parks, and lakes are drawn into the visible contours.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Some types of &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Area Locations&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; are displayed in specific colors in the [[Waze app|app]]. Generally, natural features are green (e.g., Park) or blue (e.g., River).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NL-Place-Entrypoint-HandleIcon.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
Each area location has an &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;entry point&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; that is centered by default. The arrow in the accompanying image. This point can be moved to your destination or where you need to park: Try to imagine where you would stop to drop someone off at this destination.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If an &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;entry point&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; is linked to a [[Walking trail]] (WT), place it on top of the WT. Otherwise, it may happen that you are directed to a nearby drivable segment instead.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; For more information, see the [[Entry point logic|Entry point logic]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Area Place&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; also has a &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;move handle&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; that allows you to shift the place. If the area itself needs to be changed, click on the place to select it. Use the [[Nodes#Geometrie_knooppunten|geometrie knooppunten]] to adjust the shape. To move an &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;area place&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; without changing the shape, drag the place using the [[File:Wme place drag handle.png]] move handle icon.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Residential places / Private places ===&lt;br /&gt;
Upon arrival, Waze suggests taking a photo of your destination. In this way, many private places are uploaded to [[Waze Map Editor|editor]]. The category &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;residential place&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; is used for these private places. Private Places cannot be searched, and the identity of the person who created them or added photos is not revealed. Private Places contain only photos and an exact address, without any other properties of a Place. The photos are only shown to people driving explicitly to that address. Waze editors can use the photos and exact locations to improve the [[house numbers|house number]] database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Public places can be converted into private places and vice versa. Use the button &#039;&#039;&#039;Convert to residential&#039;&#039;&#039; or the button &#039;&#039;&#039;Convert to public&#039;&#039;&#039; to change between public and private.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For more on this topic, see the [[Residential Place]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Combined Places===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wme places mall area with points.png|thumb|Point Places within an Area Place]] Point Places within an Area Place is permitted and is usually used for shops in a shopping mall, faculties within a university campus, etc. Avoid Areas within Areas, as this can become confusing on the app screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to determine area or point==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Parking Lot Place|Parking lots]] and [[Gas Station Place|Petrol stations]] are always drawn as Area Place. Most other places are generally drawn as a point place, except when they are large and distinctive enough to aid in orientation while driving, which will often be the case at an event center, factory, hospital, office, campground, shopping centers, museums (e.g. Rijksmuseum, Amsterdam), major monuments, schools, tourist site, attraction, sports field or stadium, and natural features. They are mapped as areas on the (building) perimeter and usually do not cover streets.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Place categories|category table]] provides a guideline for choosing between point and area locations, based on their category, subcategory, and probable area size.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Location details==&lt;br /&gt;
Each location - point or area - must contain as much information as possible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===General Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
The general tab: here you enter all basic information: categories, name, description, petrol brand, residential/public, opening hours, country, state, city, street, and house number.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Category&#039;&#039;&#039;: Places require at least one &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;category&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; to be assigned, but can belong to multiple others. Always select the main category first. For example, a petrol station can also be &amp;quot;Convenience store&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Car wash&amp;quot;, or &amp;quot;Charging station&amp;quot;. For a more detailed explanation of categories, see the [[Place categories|Place categories]] page.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Name and address&#039;&#039;&#039;: If possible, provide &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;name&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;address&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;. Use the official name of the place. Optionally add an alternative name. :Place addresses - other than [[Places#Residential_places_.2F_Eigen_woning_plaatsen|residential houses]] - are not used when searching by address. They are purely for informational purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
:If a Google link is provided in the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;External provider&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; field (see below), please also add the Google name as an alternative name.&lt;br /&gt;
:The address is particularly useful for directing Wazers to the location.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;Under the [[Waze_Map_Editor#Layers_menu|Map layer]] &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Places&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;, you can specify whether the place name should be displayed on the [[Waze Map Editor|editor screen]]. Place names are displayed starting from a certain zoom level.&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039;&#039;: The Description field is visible in the [[Waze app]] and is intended for useful and objective information regarding the place itself. Keep it concise.&lt;br /&gt;
: Some places require payment: do not change the description unless it is clearly incorrect.&lt;br /&gt;
: Do not use the description field for your own notes or comments to other editors.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Access Points&#039;&#039;&#039;: Add &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Access Points&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; when necessary so that Waze can navigate you to the correct side of the place. Use one place per destination. The navigation selects the nearest entry point.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::&amp;lt;small&amp;gt; If a hospital has different destinations for the general entrance and for emergency/first aid on the other side of the building - create an area location for the hospital with its own entry point and a point location for emergency/first aid access.&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
: Do not place entry points on top of road segments, but slightly to the side to get the best left/right directions. Each entry point must have a name; the name is displayed in the [[Waze app]] ETA screen. It is important to keep the name short so that it matches the map and ensure it is easy to understand. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;External providers&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: With Waze, with &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;L3&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; and higher, you can add directions with POIs from &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;external providers&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;. One of the external providers is &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Google Maps&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
: When a place is linked, drivers can select any destination from the search results in the app; whether the result is from Waze or Google, it will always lead you to the Waze navigation stop.&lt;br /&gt;
: When linking a Google POI, add the Google name as an alternative name. Then—if a Google search result is selected in the Waze app—the navigation will lead you to the Waze location.&lt;br /&gt;
: Searching for a place results in duplicate results (the same name) if more than one Waze Place is linked to the same Google POI.&lt;br /&gt;
: When access to a place is on a different road, it is useful to also include the address as an additional link, using a Google address pin. This way, the place is also found when searching by address.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: If more than one place is defined for a single POI, link the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;external provider&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; to the main one. Example: Metro station with more than one entrance defined, use the main entrance.&lt;br /&gt;
: Only link an &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;External provider&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; to a [[Parking Lot Place]] when it explicitly refers to the parking lot itself. Never link a Google Place that refers to the POI location (building) to a [[Parking Lot Place|Parking Lot]] place.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the photo below, you can see an example from the Rijksmuseum in Amsterdam..&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Place-rijksmuseum-amsterdam.png|750px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===More Info Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
You can enter the website address and phone number in the &amp;quot;More Info&amp;quot; tab, where you can also select optional services such as Wi-Fi, Restrooms, Terrace, or Customer Parking (do not sign separately!). Information on this tab is displayed in the search results. From there, you can click on the website address or phone number to activate your browser or phone function. Therefore, they must be in a usable format:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:WME_Places_searchresults_EN.png|230px|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Website&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: It is recommended to use the full and direct link to the website, including https:// when available. If the website is multilingual and a choice needs to be made, choose English if possible. : Examples: https://domainname.nl, https://subdomain.domainname.nl&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Telephone&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Telephone numbers are best written in international format: Generally, the number consists of the country code, followed by the area code (without 0), and then the subscriber number, all without hyphens, forward slashes, parentheses, and the like. Formatting spaces are allowed, but not necessary. An exception: do not precede 0800 and 0900 numbers with the country code.&lt;br /&gt;
::+31 AA BBBBBBBB, or +31 AAA BBBBBBB for landline numbers,&lt;br /&gt;
::+31 6 CBBBBBBB for mobile numbers&lt;br /&gt;
::0800 BBBBBB or 0900 BBBBBB for 0800 and 0900 numbers&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Opening hours&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Add the opening hours if possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Photos Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
The photos added to a place are displayed on the &amp;quot;Photos&amp;quot; tab. In [[Waze Map Editor|editor]], we can add and remove photos (starting from &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;L4&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;). Wazers can upload photos via the Waze app, via a [[Place update request|PUR]].&lt;br /&gt;
* Add: Ensure that you only add images that you own and have the right to use, and that comply with Waze&#039;s Terms of Use.&lt;br /&gt;
* Remove: Make a well-considered decision about discarding a photo. Once a photo is removed, it cannot be recovered. Remove only if the photo is truly unclear, unhelpful, and/or inappropriate.&lt;br /&gt;
* Photos must not display human faces, car license plates, or other information that could refer to a person. Photos used must be a recognizable illustration of the relevant location. For more guidelines on accepting or discarding photos, see the general Wiki page section [https://www.waze.com/discuss/t/places/377947 Place Updates (Moderation)].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lock levels==&lt;br /&gt;
Please note that places essential for Waze&#039;s functionality, such as [[Parking Lot Place|Parking lots]], must be locked at least at level &#039;&#039;&#039;2&#039;&#039;&#039; (or higher) to prevent data loss, for example due to automatic acceptance of submissions. See also the page on [[Place categories|Place categories]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Trusted editor===&lt;br /&gt;
Beginner editors require approval from a level 2 or higher editor for the posts they create until they reach the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;trusted&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; status after a number of approved post edits. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Aspects==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Place update request|Place update request (PUR)]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Flagged place]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://support.google.com/waze/answer/7402261?hl=en Misplaced ad pins form] is intended for reporting issues with advertised places that are incorrectly placed on the map. Requests from &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;L4&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; editors are automatically approved by Waze.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Read more==&lt;br /&gt;
See also the global page [https://www.waze.com/discuss/t/places/377947 Places].&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
{{Bottomline}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kamonu</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wazeopedia.nl/index.php?title=Translations:Places/6/en&amp;diff=6563</id>
		<title>Translations:Places/6/en</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wazeopedia.nl/index.php?title=Translations:Places/6/en&amp;diff=6563"/>
		<updated>2026-03-18T10:01:33Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kamonu: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Public places can be converted into private places and vice versa. Use the button &#039;&#039;&#039;Convert to residential&#039;&#039;&#039; or the button &#039;&#039;&#039;Convert to public&#039;&#039;&#039; to change between public and private.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For more on this topic, see the [[Residential Place]] page.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kamonu</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wazeopedia.nl/index.php?title=Places&amp;diff=6559</id>
		<title>Places</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wazeopedia.nl/index.php?title=Places&amp;diff=6559"/>
		<updated>2026-03-18T09:56:52Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kamonu: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{TopLine}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Place]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:1--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Plaatsen==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Plaatsen&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; (Places) zijn opzoekbare bestemmingen op de Waze-kaart, net als de &amp;quot;Points of Interest&amp;quot; die te vinden zijn op bepaalde populaire GPS-apparaten. Ze kunnen worden toegevoegd vanuit de app, maar ook in de [[Waze Map Editor]]. Hier vind je de instructies voor het maken van een &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;plaats&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; in de [[Waze Map Editor|editor]]. Voor een beschrijving van de verschillende soorten plaatsen zie de [[Place categories|Plaatscategorieën]] pagina. Plaatsen kunnen alleen gedefinieerd worden wanneer de Plaatsen [[Waze_Map_Editor#Layers_menu|Kaartlaag]] geactiveerd is.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Een plaats kan gedefinieerd worden als een &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;punt-&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; of een &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;areaplaats&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;. Boven een bepaalde grootte worden &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Areaplaatsen&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; zichtbaar in de app. Een &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Puntplaats&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; is nooit zichtbaar, maar op beide typen kan worden gezocht, geselecteerd en naartoe worden genavigeerd. Er is ook een derde soort plaats genaamd [[#Residential or Private Places|Residential places]], dit zijn privéadressen. Dit zijn altijd puntplaatsen.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:22--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Een Plaats maken===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NL-WME-Plaats-opties.png|220xpx|right|Plaats-opties]] Klik bovenin de [[Waze Map Editor]] voor het toevoegen van een &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Plaats&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; op het [[File:NL-WME-Plaats.png|85xpx]] icoontje en kies vervolgens één van de vertoonde [[Place categories|plaatscategorieën]] uit de lijst. Als laatste moet een keuze gemaakt worden tussen een &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;punt&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; en een &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;gebiedsplaats&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:23--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Bij sommige plaats categorieën wordt nog een submenu vertoond.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NL-WME-Plaats-subopties.png|280xpx]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:24--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Puntplaatsen===&lt;br /&gt;
Puntplaatsen worden niet weergegeven in de app. Ze worden alleen gebruikt om Wazers te helpen locaties te vinden, vooral wanneer ze niet of verkeerd worden vermeld in andere zoekmachines. Omdat de plaatsen opgezocht/geselecteerd kunnen worden vanuit de [[Waze app|app]], zijn de nauwkeurige positionering van een puntplaats en het verstrekken van een volledig adres (inclusief [[House numbers|straatnummer]]) beide uiterst belangrijk.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In de [[Waze Map Editor|editor]] wordt een puntplaats als een kleine circel vertoond met uizondering van een &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;residential place&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;, die als een kleine driehoek wordt getoond.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wme place.png]]  Standaard puntplaats&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wme place selected.png]] Geselecteerde puntplaats&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wme place changed.png]] Gewijzigde puntplaats&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:19--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wme place pending update.png]] Gewijzigde puntplaats, wachtend op goedkeuring&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
De Waze-routeringsserver navigeert de Wazer naar het segment dat fysiek het dichtst bij is waar de &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Puntplaats&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; is geplaatst. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
De puntmarkering is het stoppunt. Als de plaats zich in een gebouw bevindt, moet de markering doorgaans bij of nabij de hoofdingang van de locatie worden geplaatst. Probeer je voor te stellen waar je zou stoppen om iemand voor deze locatie af te zetten.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:21--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Icoontjes en puntmarkeringen====&lt;br /&gt;
Icoontjes en puntmarkeringen zijn gekleurd per categorie.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Voor een betere zichtbaarheid worden nu icoontjes en puntmarkeringen weergegeven volgens het zoomniveau, namelijk:&lt;br /&gt;
* Zoomniveau 18-22: icoontje&lt;br /&gt;
* Zoomniveau 17: puntmarkering; icoontje met muispointer boven de plaats&lt;br /&gt;
* Zoomniveau 16 en lager: niets.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Areaplaatsen===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Areaplaatsen&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; (gebiedplaatsen) worden, wanneer ze groot genoeg zijn (&amp;gt; 500 m2), getoond in de [[Waze app]]. Te veel areaplaatsen kunnen de kaart onoverzichtelijk maken, waardoor grote grijze zones ontstaan ​​die Wazers niet helpen de weg te vinden. Daarom is het belangrijk om &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Areaplaatsen&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; alleen te gebruiken als ze onderscheidend en belangrijk genoeg zijn om bestuurders te oriënteren. Zorg ervoor dat je de plaats nodes niet op knooppunten van wegsegmenten legt. Dit maakt het later moeilijker om de plaats en/of segmenten te bewerken.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Parking Lot Place|Parkeerplaatsen]] en [[Gas Station Place|Benzinestations]] moeten als areaplaatsen worden getekend, ongeacht hun grootte. Alle andere plaatsen worden over het algemeen als een puntplaats getekend, behalve wanneer ze groot en onderscheidend genoeg zijn om te helpen bij de oriëntatie tijdens het rijden. Zie ook de paragraaf over [[#Hoe gebied of punt te bepalen|Kiezen tussen punt- en gebiedplaats]].&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Over het algemeen dekt een &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Areaplaats&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; alleen wat een Wazer ziet wanneer hij naar de daadwerkelijke locatie rijdt. Hieruit volgt dat de &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Areaplaats&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; het zichtbare gebouw aangeeft, niet het grondgebied. Een &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Areaplaats&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; hoeft echter niet zo gedetailleerd te zijn als het gebouw zelf.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Natuurlijke elementen zoals bossen, parken en meren worden naar de zichtbare contouren getrokken.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Sommige typen &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Areaplaatsen&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; worden in de [[Waze app|app]] in bepaalde kleuren weergegeven. Over het algemeen zijn natuurlijke kenmerken groen (bijv. Park) of blauw (bijv. Rivier).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:25--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NL-Place-Entrypoint-HandleIcon.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
Elke area plaats heeft een &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;toegangspunt&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; (entry point) die standaard gecentreerd is. Het pijltje in bijgaande afbeelding. Dit punt kan worden verplaatst naar waar je moet aankomen of waar je moet parkeren:  Probeer je hierbij voor te stellen waar je zou stoppen om iemand met deze bestemming af te zetten.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Als een &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;toegangspunt&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; aan een [[Walking trail]] (WT) wordt gekoppeld, leg deze dan bovenop de WT. Anders kan het gebeuren dat er toch naar een berijdbaar segment in de buurt wordt geleid.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Zie voor meer informatie de [[Entry point logic|Entry point logica]] pagina.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:26--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Elke &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Areaplaats&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; heeft ook een &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;verplaatsingshendel&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; waarmee je de plaats kunt verschuiven. Als het gebied zelf moet worden gewijzigd, klikt u op de plaats om het te selecteren. Gebruik de [[Nodes#Geometrie_knooppunten|geometrie knooppunten]] om de vorm aan te passen. Om een ​​&amp;lt;i&amp;gt;areaplaats&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; te verplaatsen zonder de vorm te veranderen, versleep je de plaats met het [[File:Wme place drag handle.png]] verplaatsingshendel-pictogram.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Residential places / Eigen woning plaatsen ===&lt;br /&gt;
Bij aankomst stelt Waze voor om een ​​foto van je bestemming te maken. Op deze manier worden veel privé-plaatsen geüpload naar [[Waze Map Editor|editor]]. Voor deze privé plaatsen wordt de categorie &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;residential place&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; gebruikt. Private Places kunnen niet worden doorzocht en de identiteit van degene die ze heeft gemaakt of foto&#039;s heeft bijgevoegd, wordt niet onthuld. Private Places bevatten alleen foto&#039;s en een exact adres, zonder alle andere eigenschappen van een Plaats. De foto&#039;s worden alleen getoond aan mensen die expliciet naar dat adres rijden. Waze-editors kunnen de foto&#039;s en exacte locaties gebruiken om de [[house numbers|huisnummer]]-database te verbeteren.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Openbare plaatsen kunnen worden omgezet privé-plaatsen en vice versa. Selecteer de plaats en gebruik dan de button &#039;&#039;&#039;Omzetten naar woning&#039;&#039;&#039; om te zetten in privé dan wel de button &#039;&#039;&#039;Omzetten naar openbaar&#039;&#039;&#039;.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Meer over dit onderwerp zie de [[Residential Place]] pagina.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Gecombineerde plaatsen===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wme places mall area with points.png|thumb|Punt Plaatsen binnen een Area Plaats]] Punt Plaatsen binnen een Gebied Plaats is toegestaan ​​en wordt meestal gebruikt voor winkels in een winkelcentrum, faculteiten binnen een universiteitscampus, etc.. Vermijd Gebieden binnen Gebieden, omdat dit verwarrend kan worden op het scherm van de klant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Hoe gebied of punt te bepalen==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Parking Lot Place|Parkeerplaatsen]] and [[Gas Station Place|Benzinestations]] worden altijd getekend als Area Place. De meeste andere plaatsen worden over het algemeen getekend als een puntplaats, behalve wanneer ze groot en onderscheidend genoeg zijn om te helpen bij de oriëntatie tijdens het rijden, wat vaak het geval zal zijn bij een evenementencentrum, fabriek, ziekenhuis, kantoor, camping, winkelcentra, musea (bijv. Rijksmuseum, Amsterdam), grote monumenten, scholen, toeristische site, attractie, sportveld of stadion en natuurlijke kenmerken. Ze worden in kaart gebracht als gebieden op de (gebouw)omtrek en overdekken meestal geen straten.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:17--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
De [[Place categories|categorietabel]] geeft een richtlijn om te kiezen tussen punt- en areaplaatsen, via hun categorie, subcategorie en waarschijnlijke gebiedsgrootte.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Plaats details==&lt;br /&gt;
Elke plaats - punt of area - moet zoveel mogelijk informatie bevatten. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:10--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Tabblad Algemeen===&lt;br /&gt;
Het tabblad algemeen: hier vul je alle basisinformatie in: categorieën, naam, beschrijving, benzinemerk, residential/openbaar, openingstijden, land, staat, stad, straat en huisnummer.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Categorie&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Plaatsen hebben minimaal één &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;categorie&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; nodig om te worden toegewezen, maar kunnen tot meerdere andere behoren. Kies altijd eerst de hoofdcategorie. Een benzinestation kan bijvoorbeeld ook &amp;quot;Gemakswinkel&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Carwash&amp;quot; of &amp;quot;Laadstation&amp;quot; zijn. Voor een meer gedetailleerde uitleg van categorieën, zie de [[Place categories|Plaats categorieën]] pagina.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Naam en adres&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Geef indien mogelijk &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;naam&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; en &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;adres&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; op. Gebruik de officiële naam van de plaats. Voeg eventueel een alternatieve naam toe. &lt;br /&gt;
:Adressen van plaatsen - anders dan [[Places#Residential_places_.2F_Eigen_woning_plaatsen|eigen woningen]] - worden niet gebruikt wanneer je op adres zoekt. Ze zijn puur informatief.&lt;br /&gt;
:Wanneer in het &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Externe aanbieder&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; veld (zie hier beneden), een Google link is opgegeven, voeg dan ook de Google-naam toe als alternatieve naam.&lt;br /&gt;
:Het adres is vooral handig om Wazers naar de plaats te leiden.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;Bij de [[Waze_Map_Editor#Layers_menu|Kaartlaag]] &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Plaatsen&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; kan aangegeven worden of de plaatsnaam op het [[Waze Map Editor|editor scherm]] vertoond moet worden. De vertoning van plaatsnamen vindt plaats vanaf een bepaald zoomlevel.&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Beschrijving&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Het veld Beschrijving is zichtbaar in de [[Waze app]] bedoeld voor nuttige en objectieve informatie met betrekking tot de plaats zelf. Houd het compact.&lt;br /&gt;
: Voor sommige plaatsen moet betaald worden: verander de beschrijving niet als deze niet duidelijk verkeerd is.&lt;br /&gt;
: Gebruik het beschrijvingsveld niet voor eigen notities of opmerkingen aan andere redacteuren.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Toegangspunten&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Voeg, wanneer nodig, &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Toegangspunten&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; toe zodat Waze je naar de goede kant van de plaats kan navigeren. Gebruik één plaats per bestemming. De navigatie kiest het dichtstbijzijnde toegangspunt.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::&amp;lt;small&amp;gt; Als een ziekenhuis verschillende bestemmingen heeft voor de algemene ingang en voor spoedeisende hulp/eerste hulp aan de andere kant van het gebouw - creëer een gebiedsplaats voor het ziekenhuis met een eigen ingangspunt en een puntplaats voor de eerste hulp/eerste hulp toegang tot hulp.&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Plaats toegangspunten niet bovenop wegsegmenten, maar een beetje ernaast om de beste links/rechts-melding te krijgen. Elk toegangspunt moet een naam hebben, de naam wordt getoond in het [[Waze app|client]] ETA-scherm. Het is belangrijk om de naam kort te houden, zodat deze bij de kaart past en zorg ervoor dat deze gemakkelijk te begrijpen is. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Externe aanbieders&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Met Waze kun je, met &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;L3&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; en hoger, verwijzingen toevoegen met POI&#039;s van &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;externe aanbieders&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;. Een van de externe aanbieders is &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Google Maps&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
: Wanneer een plaats is gekoppeld, kunnen bestuurders elke bestemming selecteren uit de zoekresultaten in de app, of het resultaat nu van Waze of Google is, het zal je altijd naar het navigatiestoppunt van Waze leiden.&lt;br /&gt;
: Voeg bij het koppelen van een Google POI de Google-naam toe als alternatieve naam. Dan - als in de [[Waze app|app]] een Google-zoekresultaat is geselecteerd, leidt de navigatie je naar de Waze-plek.&lt;br /&gt;
: Zoeken naar een plaats resulteert in dubbele resultaten (dezelfde naam) als meer dan één Waze Place is gekoppeld aan dezelfde Google POI.&lt;br /&gt;
: Wanneer de toegang tot een plaats aan een andere weg ligt is het handig om ook het adres, als &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Google address pin&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;, als extra koppeling op te nemen. Zo wordt de plaats ook gevonden bij het zoeken op adres.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:20--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
: Als er meer dan één plaats is gedefinieerd voor één POI, koppel je de &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;externe aanbieder&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; aan de belangrijkste. Voorbeeld: Metrostation met meer dan één ingang gedefinieerd, gebruik de hoofdingang.&lt;br /&gt;
: Koppel een &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Externe aanbieder&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; alleen aan een [[Parking Lot Place]] wanneer deze zelf expliciet verwijst naar het parkeerterrein. Koppel nooit een Google-plaats die verwijst naar de POI locatie (gebouw) aan een [[Parking Lot Place|Parkeerterrein]] plaats.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Op onderstaande foto zie je een voorbeeld uit het Rijksmuseum in Amsterdam..&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Place-rijksmuseum-amsterdam.png|750px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:11--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Tabblad Meer Info===&lt;br /&gt;
Je kunt het websiteadres en telefoonnummer opgeven in het tabblad &amp;quot;Meer Info&amp;quot;, waar je ook optionele diensten kunt selecteren, zoals Wifi, Toiletten, Terras of Parkeren voor klanten (niet apart tekenen!). Informatie op dit tabblad wordt weergegeven in de zoekresultaten. Van daaruit kun je op het websiteadres of telefoonnummer klikken en uw browser- of telefoonfunctie activeren. Daarom moeten ze in een bruikbaar formaat zijn:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:WME_Places_searchresults_EN.png|230px|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Website&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Het is aan te raden de volledige en directe link naar de website te gebruiken, inclusief https:// wanneer beschikbaar. Wanneer de website meertalig is en er een keuze gemaakt moet worden, kies dan zo mogelijk voor Engels.&lt;br /&gt;
: Voorbeelden: https://domeinnaam.nl, https://subdomein.domeinnaam.nl&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Telefoon&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Telefoonnummers kunnen het beste in internationaal formaat worden geschreven: Over het algemeen bestaat het nummer uit de landcode, gevolgd door het netnummer (zonder 0), en dan het abonneenummer, allemaal zonder streepjes, schuine strepen, haakjes en dergelijke. Opmaakspaties zijn toegestaan, maar niet noodzakelijk. Een uitzondering: laat 0800- en 0900-nummers niet voorafgaan door de landcode.&lt;br /&gt;
::+31 AA BBBBBBBB, of +31 AAA BBBBBBB voor vaste lijnnummers, &lt;br /&gt;
::+31 6 CBBBBBBB voor mobiele nummers&lt;br /&gt;
::0800 BBBBBB of 0900 BBBBBB voor 0800 en 0900 nummers&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:18--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Openingsuren&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Voeg zo mogelijk de openingstijden toe.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Tabblad Foto&#039;s===&lt;br /&gt;
De foto&#039;s die bij een plaats zijn toegevoegd worden op het tabblad &amp;quot;Foto&#039;s&amp;quot; getoond. In [[Waze Map Editor|editor]] kunnen we foto&#039;s toevoegen (vanaf &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;L4&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;) en verwijderen. Wazers kunnen foto&#039;s uploaden via de Waze-app, via een [[Place update request|PUR]]. &lt;br /&gt;
* Toevoegen: Zorg ervoor dat u alleen afbeeldingen toevoegt waarvan u de eigenaar bent en die het gebruiksrecht heeft, en die voldoen aan de gebruiksvoorwaarden van Waze.&lt;br /&gt;
* Verwijderen: Neem een ​​weloverwogen beslissing over het weggooien van een foto. Nadat een foto is verwijderd, kan deze niet meer worden teruggehaald. Verwijder alleen als de foto echt onduidelijk, niet nuttig en/of ongepast is. &lt;br /&gt;
* Op foto&#039;s mogen geen gezichten van mensen, kentekenplaten van auto&#039;s of andere informatie worden weergegeven die naar een persoon kan verwijzen. Gebruikte foto&#039;s moeten een herkenbare illustratie zijn van de betreffende plaats. Voor meer richtlijnen over het accepteren of weggooien van foto&#039;s, zie de algemene Wiki-pagina paragraaf [https://www.waze.com/discuss/t/places/377947 Place Updates (Moderation)].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:13--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Lock niveaus==&lt;br /&gt;
Houd er rekening mee dat plaatsen die essentieel zijn voor het functioneren van Waze, zoals [[Parking Lot Place|Parkeerplaatsen]], op zijn minst moeten worden vergrendeld op niveau &#039;&#039;&#039;2&#039;&#039;&#039; (of hoger), om gegevensverlies te voorkomen, bijvoorbeeld door automatische acceptatie van inzendingen. Zie ook de pagina over [[Place categories|Plaats categorieën]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:27--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Trusted editor===&lt;br /&gt;
Beginnende editors hebben goedkeuring nodig van een editor met level 2 of hoger voor de plaatsen die zij aanmaken, totdat ze na een aantal goedgekeurde plaats edits de &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;trusted&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; status bereiken. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:14--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Aspecten==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Place update request|Plaats aanpassings verzoek (PUR)]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Flagged place|Gemerkte plaats]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://support.google.com/waze/answer/7402261?hl=en Misplaced ad pins formulier] is bedoeld voor het melden van problemen met geadverteerde plaatsen die verkeerd op de kaart zijn geplaatst. Verzoeken van &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;L4&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; editors worden automatisch goedgekeurd door Waze.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:16--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Verder lezen==&lt;br /&gt;
Zie ook de globale pagina [https://www.waze.com/discuss/t/places/377947 Places].&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
{{Bottomline}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kamonu</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wazeopedia.nl/index.php?title=Places&amp;diff=6558</id>
		<title>Places</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wazeopedia.nl/index.php?title=Places&amp;diff=6558"/>
		<updated>2026-03-18T09:55:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kamonu: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{TopLine}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Place]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:1--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Plaatsen==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Plaatsen&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; (Places) zijn opzoekbare bestemmingen op de Waze-kaart, net als de &amp;quot;Points of Interest&amp;quot; die te vinden zijn op bepaalde populaire GPS-apparaten. Ze kunnen worden toegevoegd vanuit de app, maar ook in de [[Waze Map Editor]]. Hier vind je de instructies voor het maken van een &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;plaats&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; in de [[Waze Map Editor|editor]]. Voor een beschrijving van de verschillende soorten plaatsen zie de [[Place categories|Plaatscategorieën]] pagina. Plaatsen kunnen alleen gedefinieerd worden wanneer de Plaatsen [[Waze_Map_Editor#Layers_menu|Kaartlaag]] geactiveerd is.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Een plaats kan gedefinieerd worden als een &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;punt-&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; of een &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;areaplaats&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;. Boven een bepaalde grootte worden &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Areaplaatsen&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; zichtbaar in de app. Een &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Puntplaats&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; is nooit zichtbaar, maar op beide typen kan worden gezocht, geselecteerd en naartoe worden genavigeerd. Er is ook een derde soort plaats genaamd [[#Residential or Private Places|Residential places]], dit zijn privéadressen. Dit zijn altijd puntplaatsen.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:22--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Een Plaats maken===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NL-WME-Plaats-opties.png|220xpx|right|Plaats-opties]] Klik bovenin de [[Waze Map Editor]] voor het toevoegen van een &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Plaats&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; op het [[File:NL-WME-Plaats.png|85xpx]] icoontje en kies vervolgens één van de vertoonde [[Place categories|plaatscategorieën]] uit de lijst. Als laatste moet een keuze gemaakt worden tussen een &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;punt&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; en een &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;gebiedsplaats&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:23--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Bij sommige plaats categorieën wordt nog een submenu vertoond.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NL-WME-Plaats-subopties.png|280xpx]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:24--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Puntplaatsen===&lt;br /&gt;
Puntplaatsen worden niet weergegeven in de app. Ze worden alleen gebruikt om Wazers te helpen locaties te vinden, vooral wanneer ze niet of verkeerd worden vermeld in andere zoekmachines. Omdat de plaatsen opgezocht/geselecteerd kunnen worden vanuit de [[Waze app|app]], zijn de nauwkeurige positionering van een puntplaats en het verstrekken van een volledig adres (inclusief [[House numbers|straatnummer]]) beide uiterst belangrijk.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In de [[Waze Map Editor|editor]] wordt een puntplaats als een kleine circel vertoond met uizondering van een &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;residential place&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;, die als een kleine driehoek wordt getoond.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wme place.png]]  Standaard puntplaats&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wme place selected.png]] Geselecteerde puntplaats&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wme place changed.png]] Gewijzigde puntplaats&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:19--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wme place pending update.png]] Gewijzigde puntplaats, wachtend op goedkeuring&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
De Waze-routeringsserver navigeert de Wazer naar het segment dat fysiek het dichtst bij is waar de &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Puntplaats&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; is geplaatst. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
De puntmarkering is het stoppunt. Als de plaats zich in een gebouw bevindt, moet de markering doorgaans bij of nabij de hoofdingang van de locatie worden geplaatst. Probeer je voor te stellen waar je zou stoppen om iemand voor deze locatie af te zetten.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:21--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Icoontjes en puntmarkeringen====&lt;br /&gt;
Icoontjes en puntmarkeringen zijn gekleurd per categorie.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Voor een betere zichtbaarheid worden nu icoontjes en puntmarkeringen weergegeven volgens het zoomniveau, namelijk:&lt;br /&gt;
* Zoomniveau 18-22: icoontje&lt;br /&gt;
* Zoomniveau 17: puntmarkering; icoontje met muispointer boven de plaats&lt;br /&gt;
* Zoomniveau 16 en lager: niets.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Areaplaatsen===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Areaplaatsen&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; (gebiedplaatsen) worden, wanneer ze groot genoeg zijn (&amp;gt; 500 m2), getoond in de [[Waze app]]. Te veel areaplaatsen kunnen de kaart onoverzichtelijk maken, waardoor grote grijze zones ontstaan ​​die Wazers niet helpen de weg te vinden. Daarom is het belangrijk om &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Areaplaatsen&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; alleen te gebruiken als ze onderscheidend en belangrijk genoeg zijn om bestuurders te oriënteren. Zorg ervoor dat je de plaats nodes niet op knooppunten van wegsegmenten legt. Dit maakt het later moeilijker om de plaats en/of segmenten te bewerken.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Parking Lot Place|Parkeerplaatsen]] en [[Gas Station Place|Benzinestations]] moeten als areaplaatsen worden getekend, ongeacht hun grootte. Alle andere plaatsen worden over het algemeen als een puntplaats getekend, behalve wanneer ze groot en onderscheidend genoeg zijn om te helpen bij de oriëntatie tijdens het rijden. Zie ook de paragraaf over [[#Hoe gebied of punt te bepalen|Kiezen tussen punt- en gebiedplaats]].&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Over het algemeen dekt een &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Areaplaats&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; alleen wat een Wazer ziet wanneer hij naar de daadwerkelijke locatie rijdt. Hieruit volgt dat de &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Areaplaats&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; het zichtbare gebouw aangeeft, niet het grondgebied. Een &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Areaplaats&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; hoeft echter niet zo gedetailleerd te zijn als het gebouw zelf.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Natuurlijke elementen zoals bossen, parken en meren worden naar de zichtbare contouren getrokken.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Sommige typen &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Areaplaatsen&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; worden in de [[Waze app|app]] in bepaalde kleuren weergegeven. Over het algemeen zijn natuurlijke kenmerken groen (bijv. Park) of blauw (bijv. Rivier).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:25--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NL-Place-Entrypoint-HandleIcon.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
Elke area plaats heeft een &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;toegangspunt&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; (entry point) die standaard gecentreerd is. Het pijltje in bijgaande afbeelding. Dit punt kan worden verplaatst naar waar je moet aankomen of waar je moet parkeren:  Probeer je hierbij voor te stellen waar je zou stoppen om iemand met deze bestemming af te zetten.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Als een &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;toegangspunt&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; aan een [[Walking trail]] (WT) wordt gekoppeld, leg deze dan bovenop de WT. Anders kan het gebeuren dat er toch naar een berijdbaar segment in de buurt wordt geleid.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Zie voor meer informatie de [[Entry point logic|Entry point logica]] pagina.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:26--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Elke &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Areaplaats&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; heeft ook een &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;verplaatsingshendel&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; waarmee je de plaats kunt verschuiven. Als het gebied zelf moet worden gewijzigd, klikt u op de plaats om het te selecteren. Gebruik de [[Nodes#Geometrie_knooppunten|geometrie knooppunten]] om de vorm aan te passen. Om een ​​&amp;lt;i&amp;gt;areaplaats&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; te verplaatsen zonder de vorm te veranderen, versleep je de plaats met het [[File:Wme place drag handle.png]] verplaatsingshendel-pictogram.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Residential places / Eigen woning plaatsen ===&lt;br /&gt;
Bij aankomst stelt Waze voor om een ​​foto van je bestemming te maken. Op deze manier worden veel privé-plaatsen geüpload naar [[Waze Map Editor|editor]]. Voor deze privé plaatsen wordt de categorie &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;residential place&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; gebruikt. Private Places kunnen niet worden doorzocht en de identiteit van degene die ze heeft gemaakt of foto&#039;s heeft bijgevoegd, wordt niet onthuld. Private Places bevatten alleen foto&#039;s en een exact adres, zonder alle andere eigenschappen van een Plaats. De foto&#039;s worden alleen getoond aan mensen die expliciet naar dat adres rijden. Waze-editors kunnen de foto&#039;s en exacte locaties gebruiken om de [[house numbers|huisnummer]]-database te verbeteren.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;[[File:NL-omzetten-naar-woning.png|30px]] Openbare plaatsen kunnen worden omgezet privé-plaatsen en vice versa. Selecteer de plaats en gebruik dan de button &#039;&#039;&#039;Omzetten naar woning&#039;&#039;&#039; om te zetten in privé dan wel de button Omzetten naar openbaar.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Meer over dit onderwerp zie de [[Residential Place]] pagina.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Gecombineerde plaatsen===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wme places mall area with points.png|thumb|Punt Plaatsen binnen een Area Plaats]] Punt Plaatsen binnen een Gebied Plaats is toegestaan ​​en wordt meestal gebruikt voor winkels in een winkelcentrum, faculteiten binnen een universiteitscampus, etc.. Vermijd Gebieden binnen Gebieden, omdat dit verwarrend kan worden op het scherm van de klant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Hoe gebied of punt te bepalen==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Parking Lot Place|Parkeerplaatsen]] and [[Gas Station Place|Benzinestations]] worden altijd getekend als Area Place. De meeste andere plaatsen worden over het algemeen getekend als een puntplaats, behalve wanneer ze groot en onderscheidend genoeg zijn om te helpen bij de oriëntatie tijdens het rijden, wat vaak het geval zal zijn bij een evenementencentrum, fabriek, ziekenhuis, kantoor, camping, winkelcentra, musea (bijv. Rijksmuseum, Amsterdam), grote monumenten, scholen, toeristische site, attractie, sportveld of stadion en natuurlijke kenmerken. Ze worden in kaart gebracht als gebieden op de (gebouw)omtrek en overdekken meestal geen straten.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:17--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
De [[Place categories|categorietabel]] geeft een richtlijn om te kiezen tussen punt- en areaplaatsen, via hun categorie, subcategorie en waarschijnlijke gebiedsgrootte.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Plaats details==&lt;br /&gt;
Elke plaats - punt of area - moet zoveel mogelijk informatie bevatten. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:10--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Tabblad Algemeen===&lt;br /&gt;
Het tabblad algemeen: hier vul je alle basisinformatie in: categorieën, naam, beschrijving, benzinemerk, residential/openbaar, openingstijden, land, staat, stad, straat en huisnummer.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Categorie&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Plaatsen hebben minimaal één &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;categorie&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; nodig om te worden toegewezen, maar kunnen tot meerdere andere behoren. Kies altijd eerst de hoofdcategorie. Een benzinestation kan bijvoorbeeld ook &amp;quot;Gemakswinkel&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Carwash&amp;quot; of &amp;quot;Laadstation&amp;quot; zijn. Voor een meer gedetailleerde uitleg van categorieën, zie de [[Place categories|Plaats categorieën]] pagina.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Naam en adres&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Geef indien mogelijk &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;naam&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; en &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;adres&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; op. Gebruik de officiële naam van de plaats. Voeg eventueel een alternatieve naam toe. &lt;br /&gt;
:Adressen van plaatsen - anders dan [[Places#Residential_places_.2F_Eigen_woning_plaatsen|eigen woningen]] - worden niet gebruikt wanneer je op adres zoekt. Ze zijn puur informatief.&lt;br /&gt;
:Wanneer in het &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Externe aanbieder&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; veld (zie hier beneden), een Google link is opgegeven, voeg dan ook de Google-naam toe als alternatieve naam.&lt;br /&gt;
:Het adres is vooral handig om Wazers naar de plaats te leiden.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;Bij de [[Waze_Map_Editor#Layers_menu|Kaartlaag]] &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Plaatsen&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; kan aangegeven worden of de plaatsnaam op het [[Waze Map Editor|editor scherm]] vertoond moet worden. De vertoning van plaatsnamen vindt plaats vanaf een bepaald zoomlevel.&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Beschrijving&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Het veld Beschrijving is zichtbaar in de [[Waze app]] bedoeld voor nuttige en objectieve informatie met betrekking tot de plaats zelf. Houd het compact.&lt;br /&gt;
: Voor sommige plaatsen moet betaald worden: verander de beschrijving niet als deze niet duidelijk verkeerd is.&lt;br /&gt;
: Gebruik het beschrijvingsveld niet voor eigen notities of opmerkingen aan andere redacteuren.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Toegangspunten&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Voeg, wanneer nodig, &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Toegangspunten&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; toe zodat Waze je naar de goede kant van de plaats kan navigeren. Gebruik één plaats per bestemming. De navigatie kiest het dichtstbijzijnde toegangspunt.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::&amp;lt;small&amp;gt; Als een ziekenhuis verschillende bestemmingen heeft voor de algemene ingang en voor spoedeisende hulp/eerste hulp aan de andere kant van het gebouw - creëer een gebiedsplaats voor het ziekenhuis met een eigen ingangspunt en een puntplaats voor de eerste hulp/eerste hulp toegang tot hulp.&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Plaats toegangspunten niet bovenop wegsegmenten, maar een beetje ernaast om de beste links/rechts-melding te krijgen. Elk toegangspunt moet een naam hebben, de naam wordt getoond in het [[Waze app|client]] ETA-scherm. Het is belangrijk om de naam kort te houden, zodat deze bij de kaart past en zorg ervoor dat deze gemakkelijk te begrijpen is. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Externe aanbieders&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Met Waze kun je, met &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;L3&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; en hoger, verwijzingen toevoegen met POI&#039;s van &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;externe aanbieders&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;. Een van de externe aanbieders is &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Google Maps&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
: Wanneer een plaats is gekoppeld, kunnen bestuurders elke bestemming selecteren uit de zoekresultaten in de app, of het resultaat nu van Waze of Google is, het zal je altijd naar het navigatiestoppunt van Waze leiden.&lt;br /&gt;
: Voeg bij het koppelen van een Google POI de Google-naam toe als alternatieve naam. Dan - als in de [[Waze app|app]] een Google-zoekresultaat is geselecteerd, leidt de navigatie je naar de Waze-plek.&lt;br /&gt;
: Zoeken naar een plaats resulteert in dubbele resultaten (dezelfde naam) als meer dan één Waze Place is gekoppeld aan dezelfde Google POI.&lt;br /&gt;
: Wanneer de toegang tot een plaats aan een andere weg ligt is het handig om ook het adres, als &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Google address pin&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;, als extra koppeling op te nemen. Zo wordt de plaats ook gevonden bij het zoeken op adres.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:20--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
: Als er meer dan één plaats is gedefinieerd voor één POI, koppel je de &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;externe aanbieder&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; aan de belangrijkste. Voorbeeld: Metrostation met meer dan één ingang gedefinieerd, gebruik de hoofdingang.&lt;br /&gt;
: Koppel een &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Externe aanbieder&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; alleen aan een [[Parking Lot Place]] wanneer deze zelf expliciet verwijst naar het parkeerterrein. Koppel nooit een Google-plaats die verwijst naar de POI locatie (gebouw) aan een [[Parking Lot Place|Parkeerterrein]] plaats.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Op onderstaande foto zie je een voorbeeld uit het Rijksmuseum in Amsterdam..&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Place-rijksmuseum-amsterdam.png|750px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:11--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Tabblad Meer Info===&lt;br /&gt;
Je kunt het websiteadres en telefoonnummer opgeven in het tabblad &amp;quot;Meer Info&amp;quot;, waar je ook optionele diensten kunt selecteren, zoals Wifi, Toiletten, Terras of Parkeren voor klanten (niet apart tekenen!). Informatie op dit tabblad wordt weergegeven in de zoekresultaten. Van daaruit kun je op het websiteadres of telefoonnummer klikken en uw browser- of telefoonfunctie activeren. Daarom moeten ze in een bruikbaar formaat zijn:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:WME_Places_searchresults_EN.png|230px|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Website&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Het is aan te raden de volledige en directe link naar de website te gebruiken, inclusief https:// wanneer beschikbaar. Wanneer de website meertalig is en er een keuze gemaakt moet worden, kies dan zo mogelijk voor Engels.&lt;br /&gt;
: Voorbeelden: https://domeinnaam.nl, https://subdomein.domeinnaam.nl&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Telefoon&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Telefoonnummers kunnen het beste in internationaal formaat worden geschreven: Over het algemeen bestaat het nummer uit de landcode, gevolgd door het netnummer (zonder 0), en dan het abonneenummer, allemaal zonder streepjes, schuine strepen, haakjes en dergelijke. Opmaakspaties zijn toegestaan, maar niet noodzakelijk. Een uitzondering: laat 0800- en 0900-nummers niet voorafgaan door de landcode.&lt;br /&gt;
::+31 AA BBBBBBBB, of +31 AAA BBBBBBB voor vaste lijnnummers, &lt;br /&gt;
::+31 6 CBBBBBBB voor mobiele nummers&lt;br /&gt;
::0800 BBBBBB of 0900 BBBBBB voor 0800 en 0900 nummers&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:18--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Openingsuren&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Voeg zo mogelijk de openingstijden toe.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Tabblad Foto&#039;s===&lt;br /&gt;
De foto&#039;s die bij een plaats zijn toegevoegd worden op het tabblad &amp;quot;Foto&#039;s&amp;quot; getoond. In [[Waze Map Editor|editor]] kunnen we foto&#039;s toevoegen (vanaf &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;L4&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;) en verwijderen. Wazers kunnen foto&#039;s uploaden via de Waze-app, via een [[Place update request|PUR]]. &lt;br /&gt;
* Toevoegen: Zorg ervoor dat u alleen afbeeldingen toevoegt waarvan u de eigenaar bent en die het gebruiksrecht heeft, en die voldoen aan de gebruiksvoorwaarden van Waze.&lt;br /&gt;
* Verwijderen: Neem een ​​weloverwogen beslissing over het weggooien van een foto. Nadat een foto is verwijderd, kan deze niet meer worden teruggehaald. Verwijder alleen als de foto echt onduidelijk, niet nuttig en/of ongepast is. &lt;br /&gt;
* Op foto&#039;s mogen geen gezichten van mensen, kentekenplaten van auto&#039;s of andere informatie worden weergegeven die naar een persoon kan verwijzen. Gebruikte foto&#039;s moeten een herkenbare illustratie zijn van de betreffende plaats. Voor meer richtlijnen over het accepteren of weggooien van foto&#039;s, zie de algemene Wiki-pagina paragraaf [https://www.waze.com/discuss/t/places/377947 Place Updates (Moderation)].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:13--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Lock niveaus==&lt;br /&gt;
Houd er rekening mee dat plaatsen die essentieel zijn voor het functioneren van Waze, zoals [[Parking Lot Place|Parkeerplaatsen]], op zijn minst moeten worden vergrendeld op niveau &#039;&#039;&#039;2&#039;&#039;&#039; (of hoger), om gegevensverlies te voorkomen, bijvoorbeeld door automatische acceptatie van inzendingen. Zie ook de pagina over [[Place categories|Plaats categorieën]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:27--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Trusted editor===&lt;br /&gt;
Beginnende editors hebben goedkeuring nodig van een editor met level 2 of hoger voor de plaatsen die zij aanmaken, totdat ze na een aantal goedgekeurde plaats edits de &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;trusted&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; status bereiken. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:14--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Aspecten==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Place update request|Plaats aanpassings verzoek (PUR)]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Flagged place|Gemerkte plaats]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://support.google.com/waze/answer/7402261?hl=en Misplaced ad pins formulier] is bedoeld voor het melden van problemen met geadverteerde plaatsen die verkeerd op de kaart zijn geplaatst. Verzoeken van &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;L4&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; editors worden automatisch goedgekeurd door Waze.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:16--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Verder lezen==&lt;br /&gt;
Zie ook de globale pagina [https://www.waze.com/discuss/t/places/377947 Places].&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
{{Bottomline}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kamonu</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wazeopedia.nl/index.php?title=Places/en&amp;diff=6557</id>
		<title>Places/en</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wazeopedia.nl/index.php?title=Places/en&amp;diff=6557"/>
		<updated>2026-03-15T00:15:05Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kamonu: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{TopLine}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Place]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Places==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Places&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; are searchable destinations on the Waze map, just like the &amp;quot;Points of Interest&amp;quot; found on certain popular GPS devices. They can be added from the app, but also in the [[Waze Map Editor]]. Here you will find instructions for creating a &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;place&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; in the [[Waze Map Editor|editor]]. For a description of the different types of places, see the [[Place categories]] page. Places can only be defined when the Places [[Waze_Map_Editor#Layers_menu|Map Layer]] is activated.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A place can be defined as a &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;point&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; or an &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;area place&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;. Above a certain size, &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Area places&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; become visible in the app. A &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Point place&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; is never visible, but both types can be searched, selected, and navigated to. There is also a third type of place called [[#Residential or Private Places|Residential places]], these are private addresses. These are always point places.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Creating a Place===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NL-WME-Plaats-opties.png|220xpx|right|Place Options]] Click the [[File:NL-WME-Plaats.png|85xpx]] icon at the top of the [[Waze Map Editor]] to add a &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Place&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; and then choose one of the displayed [[Place categories|place categories]] from the list. Finally, a choice must be made between a &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;point&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; and an &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;area place&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For some place categories, an additional submenu is displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NL-WME-Plaats-subopties.png|280xpx]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Points===&lt;br /&gt;
Points are not displayed in the app. They are only used to help Wazers find locations, especially when they are not listed or are listed incorrectly in other search engines. Because the places can be looked up/selected from the [[Waze app|app]], the accurate positioning of a point and providing a full address (including [[House numbers|street number]]) are both extremely important.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the [[Waze Map Editor|editor]], a point is displayed as a small circle, with the exception of a &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;residential place&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;, which is shown as a small triangle.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wme place.png]] Default point place&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wme place selected.png]] Selected point place&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wme place changed.png]] Changed point place&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wme place pending update.png]] Modified point location, awaiting approval&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Waze routing server navigates the Wazer to the segment that is physically closest to where the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Point Location&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; is placed. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The point marker is the stopping point. If the place is located inside a building, the marker should usually be placed at or near the main entrance of the location. Try to imagine where you would stop to drop someone off at this location.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Icons and dot markers====&lt;br /&gt;
Icons and dot markers are colored by category.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For better visibility, icons and dot markers are now displayed according to the zoom level, namely:&lt;br /&gt;
* Zoom level 18-22: icon&lt;br /&gt;
* Zoom level 17: dot marker; icon with mouse pointer over the location&lt;br /&gt;
* Zoom level 16 and lower: nothing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Area Places===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Area Places&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; (area places) are shown in the [[Waze app]] when they are large enough (&amp;gt; 500 m²). Too many area places can make the map cluttered, creating large gray zones that do not help Wazers find their way. Therefore, it is important to use &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Area Places&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; only if they are distinctive and important enough to orient drivers. Ensure that you do not place the place nodes on road segment nodes. This makes it more difficult to edit the place and/or segments later.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Parking Lot Place]] and [[Gas Station Place|Gas Stations]] must be drawn as area places, regardless of their size. All other places are generally drawn as point places, except when they are large and distinctive enough to aid orientation while driving. See also the section on [[#How to define area or point|Choosing between point and area location]].&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Generally, an &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Area Location&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; only covers what a Wazer sees when driving to the actual location. It follows that the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Area Location&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; indicates the visible building, not the territory. However, an &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Area Location&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; does not need to be as detailed as the building itself.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Natural elements such as forests, parks, and lakes are drawn into the visible contours.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Some types of &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Area Locations&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; are displayed in specific colors in the [[Waze app|app]]. Generally, natural features are green (e.g., Park) or blue (e.g., River).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NL-Place-Entrypoint-HandleIcon.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
Each area location has an &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;entry point&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; that is centered by default. The arrow in the accompanying image. This point can be moved to your destination or where you need to park: Try to imagine where you would stop to drop someone off at this destination.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If an &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;entry point&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; is linked to a [[Walking trail]] (WT), place it on top of the WT. Otherwise, it may happen that you are directed to a nearby drivable segment instead.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; For more information, see the [[Entry point logic|Entry point logic]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Area Place&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; also has a &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;move handle&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; that allows you to shift the place. If the area itself needs to be changed, click on the place to select it. Use the [[Nodes#Geometrie_knooppunten|geometrie knooppunten]] to adjust the shape. To move an &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;area place&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; without changing the shape, drag the place using the [[File:Wme place drag handle.png]] move handle icon.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Residential places / Private places ===&lt;br /&gt;
Upon arrival, Waze suggests taking a photo of your destination. In this way, many private places are uploaded to [[Waze Map Editor|editor]]. The category &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;residential place&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; is used for these private places. Private Places cannot be searched, and the identity of the person who created them or added photos is not revealed. Private Places contain only photos and an exact address, without any other properties of a Place. The photos are only shown to people driving explicitly to that address. Waze editors can use the photos and exact locations to improve the [[house numbers|house number]] database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;[[File:NL-omzetten-naar-woning.png|30px]] Public places can be converted into private places, but private places cannot be converted into public places. Use the link below the buttons for Point or Area in the menu to convert places that have been incorrectly labeled as public into private.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For more on this topic, see the [[Residential Place]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Combined Places===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wme places mall area with points.png|thumb|Point Places within an Area Place]] Point Places within an Area Place is permitted and is usually used for shops in a shopping mall, faculties within a university campus, etc. Avoid Areas within Areas, as this can become confusing on the app screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to determine area or point==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Parking Lot Place|Parking lots]] and [[Gas Station Place|Petrol stations]] are always drawn as Area Place. Most other places are generally drawn as a point place, except when they are large and distinctive enough to aid in orientation while driving, which will often be the case at an event center, factory, hospital, office, campground, shopping centers, museums (e.g. Rijksmuseum, Amsterdam), major monuments, schools, tourist site, attraction, sports field or stadium, and natural features. They are mapped as areas on the (building) perimeter and usually do not cover streets.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Place categories|category table]] provides a guideline for choosing between point and area locations, based on their category, subcategory, and probable area size.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Location details==&lt;br /&gt;
Each location - point or area - must contain as much information as possible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===General Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
The general tab: here you enter all basic information: categories, name, description, petrol brand, residential/public, opening hours, country, state, city, street, and house number.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Category&#039;&#039;&#039;: Places require at least one &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;category&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; to be assigned, but can belong to multiple others. Always select the main category first. For example, a petrol station can also be &amp;quot;Convenience store&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Car wash&amp;quot;, or &amp;quot;Charging station&amp;quot;. For a more detailed explanation of categories, see the [[Place categories|Place categories]] page.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Name and address&#039;&#039;&#039;: If possible, provide &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;name&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;address&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;. Use the official name of the place. Optionally add an alternative name. :Place addresses - other than [[Places#Residential_places_.2F_Eigen_woning_plaatsen|residential houses]] - are not used when searching by address. They are purely for informational purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
:If a Google link is provided in the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;External provider&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; field (see below), please also add the Google name as an alternative name.&lt;br /&gt;
:The address is particularly useful for directing Wazers to the location.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;Under the [[Waze_Map_Editor#Layers_menu|Map layer]] &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Places&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;, you can specify whether the place name should be displayed on the [[Waze Map Editor|editor screen]]. Place names are displayed starting from a certain zoom level.&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039;&#039;: The Description field is visible in the [[Waze app]] and is intended for useful and objective information regarding the place itself. Keep it concise.&lt;br /&gt;
: Some places require payment: do not change the description unless it is clearly incorrect.&lt;br /&gt;
: Do not use the description field for your own notes or comments to other editors.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Access Points&#039;&#039;&#039;: Add &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Access Points&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; when necessary so that Waze can navigate you to the correct side of the place. Use one place per destination. The navigation selects the nearest entry point.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::&amp;lt;small&amp;gt; If a hospital has different destinations for the general entrance and for emergency/first aid on the other side of the building - create an area location for the hospital with its own entry point and a point location for emergency/first aid access.&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
: Do not place entry points on top of road segments, but slightly to the side to get the best left/right directions. Each entry point must have a name; the name is displayed in the [[Waze app]] ETA screen. It is important to keep the name short so that it matches the map and ensure it is easy to understand. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;External providers&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: With Waze, with &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;L3&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; and higher, you can add directions with POIs from &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;external providers&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;. One of the external providers is &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Google Maps&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
: When a place is linked, drivers can select any destination from the search results in the app; whether the result is from Waze or Google, it will always lead you to the Waze navigation stop.&lt;br /&gt;
: When linking a Google POI, add the Google name as an alternative name. Then—if a Google search result is selected in the Waze app—the navigation will lead you to the Waze location.&lt;br /&gt;
: Searching for a place results in duplicate results (the same name) if more than one Waze Place is linked to the same Google POI.&lt;br /&gt;
: When access to a place is on a different road, it is useful to also include the address as an additional link, using a Google address pin. This way, the place is also found when searching by address.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: If more than one place is defined for a single POI, link the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;external provider&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; to the main one. Example: Metro station with more than one entrance defined, use the main entrance.&lt;br /&gt;
: Only link an &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;External provider&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; to a [[Parking Lot Place]] when it explicitly refers to the parking lot itself. Never link a Google Place that refers to the POI location (building) to a [[Parking Lot Place|Parking Lot]] place.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the photo below, you can see an example from the Rijksmuseum in Amsterdam..&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Place-rijksmuseum-amsterdam.png|750px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===More Info Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
You can enter the website address and phone number in the &amp;quot;More Info&amp;quot; tab, where you can also select optional services such as Wi-Fi, Restrooms, Terrace, or Customer Parking (do not sign separately!). Information on this tab is displayed in the search results. From there, you can click on the website address or phone number to activate your browser or phone function. Therefore, they must be in a usable format:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:WME_Places_searchresults_EN.png|230px|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Website&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: It is recommended to use the full and direct link to the website, including https:// when available. If the website is multilingual and a choice needs to be made, choose English if possible. : Examples: https://domainname.nl, https://subdomain.domainname.nl&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Telephone&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Telephone numbers are best written in international format: Generally, the number consists of the country code, followed by the area code (without 0), and then the subscriber number, all without hyphens, forward slashes, parentheses, and the like. Formatting spaces are allowed, but not necessary. An exception: do not precede 0800 and 0900 numbers with the country code.&lt;br /&gt;
::+31 AA BBBBBBBB, or +31 AAA BBBBBBB for landline numbers,&lt;br /&gt;
::+31 6 CBBBBBBB for mobile numbers&lt;br /&gt;
::0800 BBBBBB or 0900 BBBBBB for 0800 and 0900 numbers&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Opening hours&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Add the opening hours if possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Photos Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
The photos added to a place are displayed on the &amp;quot;Photos&amp;quot; tab. In [[Waze Map Editor|editor]], we can add and remove photos (starting from &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;L4&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;). Wazers can upload photos via the Waze app, via a [[Place update request|PUR]].&lt;br /&gt;
* Add: Ensure that you only add images that you own and have the right to use, and that comply with Waze&#039;s Terms of Use.&lt;br /&gt;
* Remove: Make a well-considered decision about discarding a photo. Once a photo is removed, it cannot be recovered. Remove only if the photo is truly unclear, unhelpful, and/or inappropriate.&lt;br /&gt;
* Photos must not display human faces, car license plates, or other information that could refer to a person. Photos used must be a recognizable illustration of the relevant location. For more guidelines on accepting or discarding photos, see the general Wiki page section [https://www.waze.com/discuss/t/places/377947 Place Updates (Moderation)].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lock levels==&lt;br /&gt;
Please note that places essential for Waze&#039;s functionality, such as [[Parking Lot Place|Parking lots]], must be locked at least at level &#039;&#039;&#039;2&#039;&#039;&#039; (or higher) to prevent data loss, for example due to automatic acceptance of submissions. See also the page on [[Place categories|Place categories]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Trusted editor===&lt;br /&gt;
Beginner editors require approval from a level 2 or higher editor for the posts they create until they reach the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;trusted&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; status after a number of approved post edits. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Aspects==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Place update request|Place update request (PUR)]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Flagged place]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://support.google.com/waze/answer/7402261?hl=en Misplaced ad pins form] is intended for reporting issues with advertised places that are incorrectly placed on the map. Requests from &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;L4&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; editors are automatically approved by Waze.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Read more==&lt;br /&gt;
See also the global page [https://www.waze.com/discuss/t/places/377947 Places].&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
{{Bottomline}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kamonu</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wazeopedia.nl/index.php?title=Translations:Places/16/en&amp;diff=6556</id>
		<title>Translations:Places/16/en</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wazeopedia.nl/index.php?title=Translations:Places/16/en&amp;diff=6556"/>
		<updated>2026-03-15T00:15:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kamonu: Marked translation unit as no longer outdated with no changes&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Read more==&lt;br /&gt;
See also the global page [https://www.waze.com/discuss/t/places/377947 Places].&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kamonu</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wazeopedia.nl/index.php?title=Places/en&amp;diff=6555</id>
		<title>Places/en</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wazeopedia.nl/index.php?title=Places/en&amp;diff=6555"/>
		<updated>2026-03-15T00:14:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kamonu: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{TopLine}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Place]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Places==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Places&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; are searchable destinations on the Waze map, just like the &amp;quot;Points of Interest&amp;quot; found on certain popular GPS devices. They can be added from the app, but also in the [[Waze Map Editor]]. Here you will find instructions for creating a &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;place&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; in the [[Waze Map Editor|editor]]. For a description of the different types of places, see the [[Place categories]] page. Places can only be defined when the Places [[Waze_Map_Editor#Layers_menu|Map Layer]] is activated.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A place can be defined as a &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;point&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; or an &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;area place&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;. Above a certain size, &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Area places&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; become visible in the app. A &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Point place&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; is never visible, but both types can be searched, selected, and navigated to. There is also a third type of place called [[#Residential or Private Places|Residential places]], these are private addresses. These are always point places.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Creating a Place===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NL-WME-Plaats-opties.png|220xpx|right|Place Options]] Click the [[File:NL-WME-Plaats.png|85xpx]] icon at the top of the [[Waze Map Editor]] to add a &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Place&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; and then choose one of the displayed [[Place categories|place categories]] from the list. Finally, a choice must be made between a &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;point&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; and an &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;area place&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For some place categories, an additional submenu is displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NL-WME-Plaats-subopties.png|280xpx]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Points===&lt;br /&gt;
Points are not displayed in the app. They are only used to help Wazers find locations, especially when they are not listed or are listed incorrectly in other search engines. Because the places can be looked up/selected from the [[Waze app|app]], the accurate positioning of a point and providing a full address (including [[House numbers|street number]]) are both extremely important.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the [[Waze Map Editor|editor]], a point is displayed as a small circle, with the exception of a &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;residential place&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;, which is shown as a small triangle.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wme place.png]] Default point place&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wme place selected.png]] Selected point place&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wme place changed.png]] Changed point place&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wme place pending update.png]] Modified point location, awaiting approval&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Waze routing server navigates the Wazer to the segment that is physically closest to where the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Point Location&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; is placed. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The point marker is the stopping point. If the place is located inside a building, the marker should usually be placed at or near the main entrance of the location. Try to imagine where you would stop to drop someone off at this location.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Icons and dot markers====&lt;br /&gt;
Icons and dot markers are colored by category.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For better visibility, icons and dot markers are now displayed according to the zoom level, namely:&lt;br /&gt;
* Zoom level 18-22: icon&lt;br /&gt;
* Zoom level 17: dot marker; icon with mouse pointer over the location&lt;br /&gt;
* Zoom level 16 and lower: nothing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Area Places===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Area Places&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; (area places) are shown in the [[Waze app]] when they are large enough (&amp;gt; 500 m²). Too many area places can make the map cluttered, creating large gray zones that do not help Wazers find their way. Therefore, it is important to use &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Area Places&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; only if they are distinctive and important enough to orient drivers. Ensure that you do not place the place nodes on road segment nodes. This makes it more difficult to edit the place and/or segments later.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Parking Lot Place]] and [[Gas Station Place|Gas Stations]] must be drawn as area places, regardless of their size. All other places are generally drawn as point places, except when they are large and distinctive enough to aid orientation while driving. See also the section on [[#How to define area or point|Choosing between point and area location]].&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Generally, an &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Area Location&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; only covers what a Wazer sees when driving to the actual location. It follows that the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Area Location&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; indicates the visible building, not the territory. However, an &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Area Location&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; does not need to be as detailed as the building itself.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Natural elements such as forests, parks, and lakes are drawn into the visible contours.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Some types of &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Area Locations&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; are displayed in specific colors in the [[Waze app|app]]. Generally, natural features are green (e.g., Park) or blue (e.g., River).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NL-Place-Entrypoint-HandleIcon.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
Each area location has an &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;entry point&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; that is centered by default. The arrow in the accompanying image. This point can be moved to your destination or where you need to park: Try to imagine where you would stop to drop someone off at this destination.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If an &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;entry point&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; is linked to a [[Walking trail]] (WT), place it on top of the WT. Otherwise, it may happen that you are directed to a nearby drivable segment instead.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; For more information, see the [[Entry point logic|Entry point logic]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Area Place&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; also has a &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;move handle&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; that allows you to shift the place. If the area itself needs to be changed, click on the place to select it. Use the [[Nodes#Geometrie_knooppunten|geometrie knooppunten]] to adjust the shape. To move an &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;area place&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; without changing the shape, drag the place using the [[File:Wme place drag handle.png]] move handle icon.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Residential places / Private places ===&lt;br /&gt;
Upon arrival, Waze suggests taking a photo of your destination. In this way, many private places are uploaded to [[Waze Map Editor|editor]]. The category &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;residential place&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; is used for these private places. Private Places cannot be searched, and the identity of the person who created them or added photos is not revealed. Private Places contain only photos and an exact address, without any other properties of a Place. The photos are only shown to people driving explicitly to that address. Waze editors can use the photos and exact locations to improve the [[house numbers|house number]] database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;[[File:NL-omzetten-naar-woning.png|30px]] Public places can be converted into private places, but private places cannot be converted into public places. Use the link below the buttons for Point or Area in the menu to convert places that have been incorrectly labeled as public into private.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For more on this topic, see the [[Residential Place]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Combined Places===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wme places mall area with points.png|thumb|Point Places within an Area Place]] Point Places within an Area Place is permitted and is usually used for shops in a shopping mall, faculties within a university campus, etc. Avoid Areas within Areas, as this can become confusing on the app screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to determine area or point==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Parking Lot Place|Parking lots]] and [[Gas Station Place|Petrol stations]] are always drawn as Area Place. Most other places are generally drawn as a point place, except when they are large and distinctive enough to aid in orientation while driving, which will often be the case at an event center, factory, hospital, office, campground, shopping centers, museums (e.g. Rijksmuseum, Amsterdam), major monuments, schools, tourist site, attraction, sports field or stadium, and natural features. They are mapped as areas on the (building) perimeter and usually do not cover streets.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Place categories|category table]] provides a guideline for choosing between point and area locations, based on their category, subcategory, and probable area size.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Location details==&lt;br /&gt;
Each location - point or area - must contain as much information as possible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===General Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
The general tab: here you enter all basic information: categories, name, description, petrol brand, residential/public, opening hours, country, state, city, street, and house number.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Category&#039;&#039;&#039;: Places require at least one &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;category&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; to be assigned, but can belong to multiple others. Always select the main category first. For example, a petrol station can also be &amp;quot;Convenience store&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Car wash&amp;quot;, or &amp;quot;Charging station&amp;quot;. For a more detailed explanation of categories, see the [[Place categories|Place categories]] page.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Name and address&#039;&#039;&#039;: If possible, provide &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;name&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;address&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;. Use the official name of the place. Optionally add an alternative name. :Place addresses - other than [[Places#Residential_places_.2F_Eigen_woning_plaatsen|residential houses]] - are not used when searching by address. They are purely for informational purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
:If a Google link is provided in the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;External provider&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; field (see below), please also add the Google name as an alternative name.&lt;br /&gt;
:The address is particularly useful for directing Wazers to the location.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;Under the [[Waze_Map_Editor#Layers_menu|Map layer]] &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Places&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;, you can specify whether the place name should be displayed on the [[Waze Map Editor|editor screen]]. Place names are displayed starting from a certain zoom level.&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039;&#039;: The Description field is visible in the [[Waze app]] and is intended for useful and objective information regarding the place itself. Keep it concise.&lt;br /&gt;
: Some places require payment: do not change the description unless it is clearly incorrect.&lt;br /&gt;
: Do not use the description field for your own notes or comments to other editors.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Access Points&#039;&#039;&#039;: Add &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Access Points&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; when necessary so that Waze can navigate you to the correct side of the place. Use one place per destination. The navigation selects the nearest entry point.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::&amp;lt;small&amp;gt; If a hospital has different destinations for the general entrance and for emergency/first aid on the other side of the building - create an area location for the hospital with its own entry point and a point location for emergency/first aid access.&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
: Do not place entry points on top of road segments, but slightly to the side to get the best left/right directions. Each entry point must have a name; the name is displayed in the [[Waze app]] ETA screen. It is important to keep the name short so that it matches the map and ensure it is easy to understand. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;External providers&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: With Waze, with &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;L3&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; and higher, you can add directions with POIs from &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;external providers&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;. One of the external providers is &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Google Maps&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
: When a place is linked, drivers can select any destination from the search results in the app; whether the result is from Waze or Google, it will always lead you to the Waze navigation stop.&lt;br /&gt;
: When linking a Google POI, add the Google name as an alternative name. Then—if a Google search result is selected in the Waze app—the navigation will lead you to the Waze location.&lt;br /&gt;
: Searching for a place results in duplicate results (the same name) if more than one Waze Place is linked to the same Google POI.&lt;br /&gt;
: When access to a place is on a different road, it is useful to also include the address as an additional link, using a Google address pin. This way, the place is also found when searching by address.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: If more than one place is defined for a single POI, link the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;external provider&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; to the main one. Example: Metro station with more than one entrance defined, use the main entrance.&lt;br /&gt;
: Only link an &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;External provider&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; to a [[Parking Lot Place]] when it explicitly refers to the parking lot itself. Never link a Google Place that refers to the POI location (building) to a [[Parking Lot Place|Parking Lot]] place.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the photo below, you can see an example from the Rijksmuseum in Amsterdam..&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Place-rijksmuseum-amsterdam.png|750px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===More Info Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
You can enter the website address and phone number in the &amp;quot;More Info&amp;quot; tab, where you can also select optional services such as Wi-Fi, Restrooms, Terrace, or Customer Parking (do not sign separately!). Information on this tab is displayed in the search results. From there, you can click on the website address or phone number to activate your browser or phone function. Therefore, they must be in a usable format:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:WME_Places_searchresults_EN.png|230px|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Website&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: It is recommended to use the full and direct link to the website, including https:// when available. If the website is multilingual and a choice needs to be made, choose English if possible. : Examples: https://domainname.nl, https://subdomain.domainname.nl&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Telephone&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Telephone numbers are best written in international format: Generally, the number consists of the country code, followed by the area code (without 0), and then the subscriber number, all without hyphens, forward slashes, parentheses, and the like. Formatting spaces are allowed, but not necessary. An exception: do not precede 0800 and 0900 numbers with the country code.&lt;br /&gt;
::+31 AA BBBBBBBB, or +31 AAA BBBBBBB for landline numbers,&lt;br /&gt;
::+31 6 CBBBBBBB for mobile numbers&lt;br /&gt;
::0800 BBBBBB or 0900 BBBBBB for 0800 and 0900 numbers&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Opening hours&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Add the opening hours if possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Photos Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
The photos added to a place are displayed on the &amp;quot;Photos&amp;quot; tab. In [[Waze Map Editor|editor]], we can add and remove photos (starting from &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;L4&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;). Wazers can upload photos via the Waze app, via a [[Place update request|PUR]].&lt;br /&gt;
* Add: Ensure that you only add images that you own and have the right to use, and that comply with Waze&#039;s Terms of Use.&lt;br /&gt;
* Remove: Make a well-considered decision about discarding a photo. Once a photo is removed, it cannot be recovered. Remove only if the photo is truly unclear, unhelpful, and/or inappropriate.&lt;br /&gt;
* Photos must not display human faces, car license plates, or other information that could refer to a person. Photos used must be a recognizable illustration of the relevant location. For more guidelines on accepting or discarding photos, see the general Wiki page section [https://www.waze.com/discuss/t/places/377947 Place Updates (Moderation)].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lock levels==&lt;br /&gt;
Please note that places essential for Waze&#039;s functionality, such as [[Parking Lot Place|Parking lots]], must be locked at least at level &#039;&#039;&#039;2&#039;&#039;&#039; (or higher) to prevent data loss, for example due to automatic acceptance of submissions. See also the page on [[Place categories|Place categories]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Trusted editor===&lt;br /&gt;
Beginner editors require approval from a level 2 or higher editor for the posts they create until they reach the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;trusted&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; status after a number of approved post edits. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Aspects==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Place update request|Place update request (PUR)]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Flagged place]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://support.google.com/waze/answer/7402261?hl=en Misplaced ad pins form] is intended for reporting issues with advertised places that are incorrectly placed on the map. Requests from &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;L4&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; editors are automatically approved by Waze.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-translate-fuzzy&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Read more==&lt;br /&gt;
See also the global page [https://www.waze.com/discuss/t/places/377947 Places].&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
{{Bottomline}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kamonu</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wazeopedia.nl/index.php?title=Translations:Places/12/en&amp;diff=6554</id>
		<title>Translations:Places/12/en</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wazeopedia.nl/index.php?title=Translations:Places/12/en&amp;diff=6554"/>
		<updated>2026-03-15T00:14:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kamonu: Marked translation unit as no longer outdated with no changes&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===Photos Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
The photos added to a place are displayed on the &amp;quot;Photos&amp;quot; tab. In [[Waze Map Editor|editor]], we can add and remove photos (starting from &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;L4&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;). Wazers can upload photos via the Waze app, via a [[Place update request|PUR]].&lt;br /&gt;
* Add: Ensure that you only add images that you own and have the right to use, and that comply with Waze&#039;s Terms of Use.&lt;br /&gt;
* Remove: Make a well-considered decision about discarding a photo. Once a photo is removed, it cannot be recovered. Remove only if the photo is truly unclear, unhelpful, and/or inappropriate.&lt;br /&gt;
* Photos must not display human faces, car license plates, or other information that could refer to a person. Photos used must be a recognizable illustration of the relevant location. For more guidelines on accepting or discarding photos, see the general Wiki page section [https://www.waze.com/discuss/t/places/377947 Place Updates (Moderation)].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kamonu</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wazeopedia.nl/index.php?title=Places&amp;diff=6549</id>
		<title>Places</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wazeopedia.nl/index.php?title=Places&amp;diff=6549"/>
		<updated>2026-03-15T00:14:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kamonu: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{TopLine}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Place]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:1--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Plaatsen==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Plaatsen&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; (Places) zijn opzoekbare bestemmingen op de Waze-kaart, net als de &amp;quot;Points of Interest&amp;quot; die te vinden zijn op bepaalde populaire GPS-apparaten. Ze kunnen worden toegevoegd vanuit de app, maar ook in de [[Waze Map Editor]]. Hier vind je de instructies voor het maken van een &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;plaats&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; in de [[Waze Map Editor|editor]]. Voor een beschrijving van de verschillende soorten plaatsen zie de [[Place categories|Plaatscategorieën]] pagina. Plaatsen kunnen alleen gedefinieerd worden wanneer de Plaatsen [[Waze_Map_Editor#Layers_menu|Kaartlaag]] geactiveerd is.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Een plaats kan gedefinieerd worden als een &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;punt-&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; of een &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;areaplaats&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;. Boven een bepaalde grootte worden &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Areaplaatsen&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; zichtbaar in de app. Een &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Puntplaats&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; is nooit zichtbaar, maar op beide typen kan worden gezocht, geselecteerd en naartoe worden genavigeerd. Er is ook een derde soort plaats genaamd [[#Residential or Private Places|Residential places]], dit zijn privéadressen. Dit zijn altijd puntplaatsen.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:22--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Een Plaats maken===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NL-WME-Plaats-opties.png|220xpx|right|Plaats-opties]] Klik bovenin de [[Waze Map Editor]] voor het toevoegen van een &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Plaats&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; op het [[File:NL-WME-Plaats.png|85xpx]] icoontje en kies vervolgens één van de vertoonde [[Place categories|plaatscategorieën]] uit de lijst. Als laatste moet een keuze gemaakt worden tussen een &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;punt&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; en een &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;gebiedsplaats&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:23--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Bij sommige plaats categorieën wordt nog een submenu vertoond.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NL-WME-Plaats-subopties.png|280xpx]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:24--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Puntplaatsen===&lt;br /&gt;
Puntplaatsen worden niet weergegeven in de app. Ze worden alleen gebruikt om Wazers te helpen locaties te vinden, vooral wanneer ze niet of verkeerd worden vermeld in andere zoekmachines. Omdat de plaatsen opgezocht/geselecteerd kunnen worden vanuit de [[Waze app|app]], zijn de nauwkeurige positionering van een puntplaats en het verstrekken van een volledig adres (inclusief [[House numbers|straatnummer]]) beide uiterst belangrijk.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In de [[Waze Map Editor|editor]] wordt een puntplaats als een kleine circel vertoond met uizondering van een &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;residential place&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;, die als een kleine driehoek wordt getoond.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wme place.png]]  Standaard puntplaats&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wme place selected.png]] Geselecteerde puntplaats&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wme place changed.png]] Gewijzigde puntplaats&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:19--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wme place pending update.png]] Gewijzigde puntplaats, wachtend op goedkeuring&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
De Waze-routeringsserver navigeert de Wazer naar het segment dat fysiek het dichtst bij is waar de &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Puntplaats&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; is geplaatst. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
De puntmarkering is het stoppunt. Als de plaats zich in een gebouw bevindt, moet de markering doorgaans bij of nabij de hoofdingang van de locatie worden geplaatst. Probeer je voor te stellen waar je zou stoppen om iemand voor deze locatie af te zetten.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:21--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Icoontjes en puntmarkeringen====&lt;br /&gt;
Icoontjes en puntmarkeringen zijn gekleurd per categorie.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Voor een betere zichtbaarheid worden nu icoontjes en puntmarkeringen weergegeven volgens het zoomniveau, namelijk:&lt;br /&gt;
* Zoomniveau 18-22: icoontje&lt;br /&gt;
* Zoomniveau 17: puntmarkering; icoontje met muispointer boven de plaats&lt;br /&gt;
* Zoomniveau 16 en lager: niets.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Areaplaatsen===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Areaplaatsen&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; (gebiedplaatsen) worden, wanneer ze groot genoeg zijn (&amp;gt; 500 m2), getoond in de [[Waze app]]. Te veel areaplaatsen kunnen de kaart onoverzichtelijk maken, waardoor grote grijze zones ontstaan ​​die Wazers niet helpen de weg te vinden. Daarom is het belangrijk om &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Areaplaatsen&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; alleen te gebruiken als ze onderscheidend en belangrijk genoeg zijn om bestuurders te oriënteren. Zorg ervoor dat je de plaats nodes niet op knooppunten van wegsegmenten legt. Dit maakt het later moeilijker om de plaats en/of segmenten te bewerken.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Parking Lot Place|Parkeerplaatsen]] en [[Gas Station Place|Benzinestations]] moeten als areaplaatsen worden getekend, ongeacht hun grootte. Alle andere plaatsen worden over het algemeen als een puntplaats getekend, behalve wanneer ze groot en onderscheidend genoeg zijn om te helpen bij de oriëntatie tijdens het rijden. Zie ook de paragraaf over [[#Hoe gebied of punt te bepalen|Kiezen tussen punt- en gebiedplaats]].&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Over het algemeen dekt een &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Areaplaats&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; alleen wat een Wazer ziet wanneer hij naar de daadwerkelijke locatie rijdt. Hieruit volgt dat de &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Areaplaats&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; het zichtbare gebouw aangeeft, niet het grondgebied. Een &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Areaplaats&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; hoeft echter niet zo gedetailleerd te zijn als het gebouw zelf.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Natuurlijke elementen zoals bossen, parken en meren worden naar de zichtbare contouren getrokken.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Sommige typen &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Areaplaatsen&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; worden in de [[Waze app|app]] in bepaalde kleuren weergegeven. Over het algemeen zijn natuurlijke kenmerken groen (bijv. Park) of blauw (bijv. Rivier).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:25--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NL-Place-Entrypoint-HandleIcon.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
Elke area plaats heeft een &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;toegangspunt&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; (entry point) die standaard gecentreerd is. Het pijltje in bijgaande afbeelding. Dit punt kan worden verplaatst naar waar je moet aankomen of waar je moet parkeren:  Probeer je hierbij voor te stellen waar je zou stoppen om iemand met deze bestemming af te zetten.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Als een &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;toegangspunt&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; aan een [[Walking trail]] (WT) wordt gekoppeld, leg deze dan bovenop de WT. Anders kan het gebeuren dat er toch naar een berijdbaar segment in de buurt wordt geleid.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Zie voor meer informatie de [[Entry point logic|Entry point logica]] pagina.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:26--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Elke &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Areaplaats&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; heeft ook een &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;verplaatsingshendel&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; waarmee je de plaats kunt verschuiven. Als het gebied zelf moet worden gewijzigd, klikt u op de plaats om het te selecteren. Gebruik de [[Nodes#Geometrie_knooppunten|geometrie knooppunten]] om de vorm aan te passen. Om een ​​&amp;lt;i&amp;gt;areaplaats&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; te verplaatsen zonder de vorm te veranderen, versleep je de plaats met het [[File:Wme place drag handle.png]] verplaatsingshendel-pictogram.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Residential places / Eigen woning plaatsen ===&lt;br /&gt;
Bij aankomst stelt Waze voor om een ​​foto van je bestemming te maken. Op deze manier worden veel privé-plaatsen geüpload naar [[Waze Map Editor|editor]]. Voor deze privé plaatsen wordt de categorie &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;residential place&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; gebruikt. Private Places kunnen niet worden doorzocht en de identiteit van degene die ze heeft gemaakt of foto&#039;s heeft bijgevoegd, wordt niet onthuld. Private Places bevatten alleen foto&#039;s en een exact adres, zonder alle andere eigenschappen van een Plaats. De foto&#039;s worden alleen getoond aan mensen die expliciet naar dat adres rijden. Waze-editors kunnen de foto&#039;s en exacte locaties gebruiken om de [[house numbers|huisnummer]]-database te verbeteren.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;[[File:NL-omzetten-naar-woning.png|30px]] Openbare plaatsen kunnen worden omgezet in privé-plaatsen, maar privé-plaatsen kunnen niet worden omgezet in openbare plaatsen. Gebruik de link onder de knoppen voor Punt of Gebied in het menu om plaatsen die ten onrechte als openbaar zijn gelabeld, om te zetten in privé.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Meer over dit onderwerp zie de [[Residential Place]] pagina.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Gecombineerde plaatsen===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wme places mall area with points.png|thumb|Punt Plaatsen binnen een Area Plaats]] Punt Plaatsen binnen een Gebied Plaats is toegestaan ​​en wordt meestal gebruikt voor winkels in een winkelcentrum, faculteiten binnen een universiteitscampus, etc.. Vermijd Gebieden binnen Gebieden, omdat dit verwarrend kan worden op het scherm van de klant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Hoe gebied of punt te bepalen==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Parking Lot Place|Parkeerplaatsen]] and [[Gas Station Place|Benzinestations]] worden altijd getekend als Area Place. De meeste andere plaatsen worden over het algemeen getekend als een puntplaats, behalve wanneer ze groot en onderscheidend genoeg zijn om te helpen bij de oriëntatie tijdens het rijden, wat vaak het geval zal zijn bij een evenementencentrum, fabriek, ziekenhuis, kantoor, camping, winkelcentra, musea (bijv. Rijksmuseum, Amsterdam), grote monumenten, scholen, toeristische site, attractie, sportveld of stadion en natuurlijke kenmerken. Ze worden in kaart gebracht als gebieden op de (gebouw)omtrek en overdekken meestal geen straten.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:17--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
De [[Place categories|categorietabel]] geeft een richtlijn om te kiezen tussen punt- en areaplaatsen, via hun categorie, subcategorie en waarschijnlijke gebiedsgrootte.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Plaats details==&lt;br /&gt;
Elke plaats - punt of area - moet zoveel mogelijk informatie bevatten. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:10--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Tabblad Algemeen===&lt;br /&gt;
Het tabblad algemeen: hier vul je alle basisinformatie in: categorieën, naam, beschrijving, benzinemerk, residential/openbaar, openingstijden, land, staat, stad, straat en huisnummer.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Categorie&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Plaatsen hebben minimaal één &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;categorie&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; nodig om te worden toegewezen, maar kunnen tot meerdere andere behoren. Kies altijd eerst de hoofdcategorie. Een benzinestation kan bijvoorbeeld ook &amp;quot;Gemakswinkel&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Carwash&amp;quot; of &amp;quot;Laadstation&amp;quot; zijn. Voor een meer gedetailleerde uitleg van categorieën, zie de [[Place categories|Plaats categorieën]] pagina.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Naam en adres&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Geef indien mogelijk &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;naam&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; en &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;adres&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; op. Gebruik de officiële naam van de plaats. Voeg eventueel een alternatieve naam toe. &lt;br /&gt;
:Adressen van plaatsen - anders dan [[Places#Residential_places_.2F_Eigen_woning_plaatsen|eigen woningen]] - worden niet gebruikt wanneer je op adres zoekt. Ze zijn puur informatief.&lt;br /&gt;
:Wanneer in het &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Externe aanbieder&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; veld (zie hier beneden), een Google link is opgegeven, voeg dan ook de Google-naam toe als alternatieve naam.&lt;br /&gt;
:Het adres is vooral handig om Wazers naar de plaats te leiden.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;Bij de [[Waze_Map_Editor#Layers_menu|Kaartlaag]] &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Plaatsen&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; kan aangegeven worden of de plaatsnaam op het [[Waze Map Editor|editor scherm]] vertoond moet worden. De vertoning van plaatsnamen vindt plaats vanaf een bepaald zoomlevel.&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Beschrijving&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Het veld Beschrijving is zichtbaar in de [[Waze app]] bedoeld voor nuttige en objectieve informatie met betrekking tot de plaats zelf. Houd het compact.&lt;br /&gt;
: Voor sommige plaatsen moet betaald worden: verander de beschrijving niet als deze niet duidelijk verkeerd is.&lt;br /&gt;
: Gebruik het beschrijvingsveld niet voor eigen notities of opmerkingen aan andere redacteuren.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Toegangspunten&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Voeg, wanneer nodig, &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Toegangspunten&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; toe zodat Waze je naar de goede kant van de plaats kan navigeren. Gebruik één plaats per bestemming. De navigatie kiest het dichtstbijzijnde toegangspunt.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::&amp;lt;small&amp;gt; Als een ziekenhuis verschillende bestemmingen heeft voor de algemene ingang en voor spoedeisende hulp/eerste hulp aan de andere kant van het gebouw - creëer een gebiedsplaats voor het ziekenhuis met een eigen ingangspunt en een puntplaats voor de eerste hulp/eerste hulp toegang tot hulp.&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Plaats toegangspunten niet bovenop wegsegmenten, maar een beetje ernaast om de beste links/rechts-melding te krijgen. Elk toegangspunt moet een naam hebben, de naam wordt getoond in het [[Waze app|client]] ETA-scherm. Het is belangrijk om de naam kort te houden, zodat deze bij de kaart past en zorg ervoor dat deze gemakkelijk te begrijpen is. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Externe aanbieders&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Met Waze kun je, met &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;L3&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; en hoger, verwijzingen toevoegen met POI&#039;s van &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;externe aanbieders&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;. Een van de externe aanbieders is &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Google Maps&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
: Wanneer een plaats is gekoppeld, kunnen bestuurders elke bestemming selecteren uit de zoekresultaten in de app, of het resultaat nu van Waze of Google is, het zal je altijd naar het navigatiestoppunt van Waze leiden.&lt;br /&gt;
: Voeg bij het koppelen van een Google POI de Google-naam toe als alternatieve naam. Dan - als in de [[Waze app|app]] een Google-zoekresultaat is geselecteerd, leidt de navigatie je naar de Waze-plek.&lt;br /&gt;
: Zoeken naar een plaats resulteert in dubbele resultaten (dezelfde naam) als meer dan één Waze Place is gekoppeld aan dezelfde Google POI.&lt;br /&gt;
: Wanneer de toegang tot een plaats aan een andere weg ligt is het handig om ook het adres, als &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Google address pin&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;, als extra koppeling op te nemen. Zo wordt de plaats ook gevonden bij het zoeken op adres.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:20--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
: Als er meer dan één plaats is gedefinieerd voor één POI, koppel je de &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;externe aanbieder&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; aan de belangrijkste. Voorbeeld: Metrostation met meer dan één ingang gedefinieerd, gebruik de hoofdingang.&lt;br /&gt;
: Koppel een &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Externe aanbieder&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; alleen aan een [[Parking Lot Place]] wanneer deze zelf expliciet verwijst naar het parkeerterrein. Koppel nooit een Google-plaats die verwijst naar de POI locatie (gebouw) aan een [[Parking Lot Place|Parkeerterrein]] plaats.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Op onderstaande foto zie je een voorbeeld uit het Rijksmuseum in Amsterdam..&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Place-rijksmuseum-amsterdam.png|750px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:11--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Tabblad Meer Info===&lt;br /&gt;
Je kunt het websiteadres en telefoonnummer opgeven in het tabblad &amp;quot;Meer Info&amp;quot;, waar je ook optionele diensten kunt selecteren, zoals Wifi, Toiletten, Terras of Parkeren voor klanten (niet apart tekenen!). Informatie op dit tabblad wordt weergegeven in de zoekresultaten. Van daaruit kun je op het websiteadres of telefoonnummer klikken en uw browser- of telefoonfunctie activeren. Daarom moeten ze in een bruikbaar formaat zijn:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:WME_Places_searchresults_EN.png|230px|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Website&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Het is aan te raden de volledige en directe link naar de website te gebruiken, inclusief https:// wanneer beschikbaar. Wanneer de website meertalig is en er een keuze gemaakt moet worden, kies dan zo mogelijk voor Engels.&lt;br /&gt;
: Voorbeelden: https://domeinnaam.nl, https://subdomein.domeinnaam.nl&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Telefoon&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Telefoonnummers kunnen het beste in internationaal formaat worden geschreven: Over het algemeen bestaat het nummer uit de landcode, gevolgd door het netnummer (zonder 0), en dan het abonneenummer, allemaal zonder streepjes, schuine strepen, haakjes en dergelijke. Opmaakspaties zijn toegestaan, maar niet noodzakelijk. Een uitzondering: laat 0800- en 0900-nummers niet voorafgaan door de landcode.&lt;br /&gt;
::+31 AA BBBBBBBB, of +31 AAA BBBBBBB voor vaste lijnnummers, &lt;br /&gt;
::+31 6 CBBBBBBB voor mobiele nummers&lt;br /&gt;
::0800 BBBBBB of 0900 BBBBBB voor 0800 en 0900 nummers&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:18--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Openingsuren&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Voeg zo mogelijk de openingstijden toe.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Tabblad Foto&#039;s===&lt;br /&gt;
De foto&#039;s die bij een plaats zijn toegevoegd worden op het tabblad &amp;quot;Foto&#039;s&amp;quot; getoond. In [[Waze Map Editor|editor]] kunnen we foto&#039;s toevoegen (vanaf &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;L4&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;) en verwijderen. Wazers kunnen foto&#039;s uploaden via de Waze-app, via een [[Place update request|PUR]]. &lt;br /&gt;
* Toevoegen: Zorg ervoor dat u alleen afbeeldingen toevoegt waarvan u de eigenaar bent en die het gebruiksrecht heeft, en die voldoen aan de gebruiksvoorwaarden van Waze.&lt;br /&gt;
* Verwijderen: Neem een ​​weloverwogen beslissing over het weggooien van een foto. Nadat een foto is verwijderd, kan deze niet meer worden teruggehaald. Verwijder alleen als de foto echt onduidelijk, niet nuttig en/of ongepast is. &lt;br /&gt;
* Op foto&#039;s mogen geen gezichten van mensen, kentekenplaten van auto&#039;s of andere informatie worden weergegeven die naar een persoon kan verwijzen. Gebruikte foto&#039;s moeten een herkenbare illustratie zijn van de betreffende plaats. Voor meer richtlijnen over het accepteren of weggooien van foto&#039;s, zie de algemene Wiki-pagina paragraaf [https://www.waze.com/discuss/t/places/377947 Place Updates (Moderation)].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:13--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Lock niveaus==&lt;br /&gt;
Houd er rekening mee dat plaatsen die essentieel zijn voor het functioneren van Waze, zoals [[Parking Lot Place|Parkeerplaatsen]], op zijn minst moeten worden vergrendeld op niveau &#039;&#039;&#039;2&#039;&#039;&#039; (of hoger), om gegevensverlies te voorkomen, bijvoorbeeld door automatische acceptatie van inzendingen. Zie ook de pagina over [[Place categories|Plaats categorieën]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:27--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Trusted editor===&lt;br /&gt;
Beginnende editors hebben goedkeuring nodig van een editor met level 2 of hoger voor de plaatsen die zij aanmaken, totdat ze na een aantal goedgekeurde plaats edits de &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;trusted&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; status bereiken. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:14--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Aspecten==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Place update request|Plaats aanpassings verzoek (PUR)]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Flagged place|Gemerkte plaats]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://support.google.com/waze/answer/7402261?hl=en Misplaced ad pins formulier] is bedoeld voor het melden van problemen met geadverteerde plaatsen die verkeerd op de kaart zijn geplaatst. Verzoeken van &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;L4&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; editors worden automatisch goedgekeurd door Waze.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:16--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Verder lezen==&lt;br /&gt;
Zie ook de globale pagina [https://www.waze.com/discuss/t/places/377947 Places].&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
{{Bottomline}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kamonu</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wazeopedia.nl/index.php?title=Places/en&amp;diff=6548</id>
		<title>Places/en</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wazeopedia.nl/index.php?title=Places/en&amp;diff=6548"/>
		<updated>2026-03-15T00:12:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kamonu: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{TopLine}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Place]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Places==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Places&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; are searchable destinations on the Waze map, just like the &amp;quot;Points of Interest&amp;quot; found on certain popular GPS devices. They can be added from the app, but also in the [[Waze Map Editor]]. Here you will find instructions for creating a &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;place&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; in the [[Waze Map Editor|editor]]. For a description of the different types of places, see the [[Place categories]] page. Places can only be defined when the Places [[Waze_Map_Editor#Layers_menu|Map Layer]] is activated.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A place can be defined as a &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;point&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; or an &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;area place&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;. Above a certain size, &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Area places&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; become visible in the app. A &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Point place&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; is never visible, but both types can be searched, selected, and navigated to. There is also a third type of place called [[#Residential or Private Places|Residential places]], these are private addresses. These are always point places.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Creating a Place===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NL-WME-Plaats-opties.png|220xpx|right|Place Options]] Click the [[File:NL-WME-Plaats.png|85xpx]] icon at the top of the [[Waze Map Editor]] to add a &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Place&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; and then choose one of the displayed [[Place categories|place categories]] from the list. Finally, a choice must be made between a &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;point&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; and an &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;area place&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For some place categories, an additional submenu is displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NL-WME-Plaats-subopties.png|280xpx]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Points===&lt;br /&gt;
Points are not displayed in the app. They are only used to help Wazers find locations, especially when they are not listed or are listed incorrectly in other search engines. Because the places can be looked up/selected from the [[Waze app|app]], the accurate positioning of a point and providing a full address (including [[House numbers|street number]]) are both extremely important.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the [[Waze Map Editor|editor]], a point is displayed as a small circle, with the exception of a &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;residential place&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;, which is shown as a small triangle.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wme place.png]] Default point place&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wme place selected.png]] Selected point place&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wme place changed.png]] Changed point place&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wme place pending update.png]] Modified point location, awaiting approval&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Waze routing server navigates the Wazer to the segment that is physically closest to where the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Point Location&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; is placed. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The point marker is the stopping point. If the place is located inside a building, the marker should usually be placed at or near the main entrance of the location. Try to imagine where you would stop to drop someone off at this location.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Icons and dot markers====&lt;br /&gt;
Icons and dot markers are colored by category.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For better visibility, icons and dot markers are now displayed according to the zoom level, namely:&lt;br /&gt;
* Zoom level 18-22: icon&lt;br /&gt;
* Zoom level 17: dot marker; icon with mouse pointer over the location&lt;br /&gt;
* Zoom level 16 and lower: nothing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Area Places===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Area Places&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; (area places) are shown in the [[Waze app]] when they are large enough (&amp;gt; 500 m²). Too many area places can make the map cluttered, creating large gray zones that do not help Wazers find their way. Therefore, it is important to use &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Area Places&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; only if they are distinctive and important enough to orient drivers. Ensure that you do not place the place nodes on road segment nodes. This makes it more difficult to edit the place and/or segments later.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Parking Lot Place]] and [[Gas Station Place|Gas Stations]] must be drawn as area places, regardless of their size. All other places are generally drawn as point places, except when they are large and distinctive enough to aid orientation while driving. See also the section on [[#How to define area or point|Choosing between point and area location]].&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Generally, an &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Area Location&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; only covers what a Wazer sees when driving to the actual location. It follows that the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Area Location&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; indicates the visible building, not the territory. However, an &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Area Location&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; does not need to be as detailed as the building itself.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Natural elements such as forests, parks, and lakes are drawn into the visible contours.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Some types of &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Area Locations&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; are displayed in specific colors in the [[Waze app|app]]. Generally, natural features are green (e.g., Park) or blue (e.g., River).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NL-Place-Entrypoint-HandleIcon.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
Each area location has an &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;entry point&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; that is centered by default. The arrow in the accompanying image. This point can be moved to your destination or where you need to park: Try to imagine where you would stop to drop someone off at this destination.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If an &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;entry point&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; is linked to a [[Walking trail]] (WT), place it on top of the WT. Otherwise, it may happen that you are directed to a nearby drivable segment instead.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; For more information, see the [[Entry point logic|Entry point logic]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Area Place&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; also has a &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;move handle&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; that allows you to shift the place. If the area itself needs to be changed, click on the place to select it. Use the [[Nodes#Geometrie_knooppunten|geometrie knooppunten]] to adjust the shape. To move an &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;area place&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; without changing the shape, drag the place using the [[File:Wme place drag handle.png]] move handle icon.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Residential places / Private places ===&lt;br /&gt;
Upon arrival, Waze suggests taking a photo of your destination. In this way, many private places are uploaded to [[Waze Map Editor|editor]]. The category &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;residential place&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; is used for these private places. Private Places cannot be searched, and the identity of the person who created them or added photos is not revealed. Private Places contain only photos and an exact address, without any other properties of a Place. The photos are only shown to people driving explicitly to that address. Waze editors can use the photos and exact locations to improve the [[house numbers|house number]] database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;[[File:NL-omzetten-naar-woning.png|30px]] Public places can be converted into private places, but private places cannot be converted into public places. Use the link below the buttons for Point or Area in the menu to convert places that have been incorrectly labeled as public into private.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For more on this topic, see the [[Residential Place]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Combined Places===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wme places mall area with points.png|thumb|Point Places within an Area Place]] Point Places within an Area Place is permitted and is usually used for shops in a shopping mall, faculties within a university campus, etc. Avoid Areas within Areas, as this can become confusing on the app screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to determine area or point==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Parking Lot Place|Parking lots]] and [[Gas Station Place|Petrol stations]] are always drawn as Area Place. Most other places are generally drawn as a point place, except when they are large and distinctive enough to aid in orientation while driving, which will often be the case at an event center, factory, hospital, office, campground, shopping centers, museums (e.g. Rijksmuseum, Amsterdam), major monuments, schools, tourist site, attraction, sports field or stadium, and natural features. They are mapped as areas on the (building) perimeter and usually do not cover streets.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Place categories|category table]] provides a guideline for choosing between point and area locations, based on their category, subcategory, and probable area size.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Location details==&lt;br /&gt;
Each location - point or area - must contain as much information as possible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===General Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
The general tab: here you enter all basic information: categories, name, description, petrol brand, residential/public, opening hours, country, state, city, street, and house number.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Category&#039;&#039;&#039;: Places require at least one &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;category&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; to be assigned, but can belong to multiple others. Always select the main category first. For example, a petrol station can also be &amp;quot;Convenience store&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Car wash&amp;quot;, or &amp;quot;Charging station&amp;quot;. For a more detailed explanation of categories, see the [[Place categories|Place categories]] page.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Name and address&#039;&#039;&#039;: If possible, provide &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;name&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;address&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;. Use the official name of the place. Optionally add an alternative name. :Place addresses - other than [[Places#Residential_places_.2F_Eigen_woning_plaatsen|residential houses]] - are not used when searching by address. They are purely for informational purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
:If a Google link is provided in the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;External provider&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; field (see below), please also add the Google name as an alternative name.&lt;br /&gt;
:The address is particularly useful for directing Wazers to the location.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;Under the [[Waze_Map_Editor#Layers_menu|Map layer]] &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Places&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;, you can specify whether the place name should be displayed on the [[Waze Map Editor|editor screen]]. Place names are displayed starting from a certain zoom level.&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039;&#039;: The Description field is visible in the [[Waze app]] and is intended for useful and objective information regarding the place itself. Keep it concise.&lt;br /&gt;
: Some places require payment: do not change the description unless it is clearly incorrect.&lt;br /&gt;
: Do not use the description field for your own notes or comments to other editors.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Access Points&#039;&#039;&#039;: Add &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Access Points&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; when necessary so that Waze can navigate you to the correct side of the place. Use one place per destination. The navigation selects the nearest entry point.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::&amp;lt;small&amp;gt; If a hospital has different destinations for the general entrance and for emergency/first aid on the other side of the building - create an area location for the hospital with its own entry point and a point location for emergency/first aid access.&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
: Do not place entry points on top of road segments, but slightly to the side to get the best left/right directions. Each entry point must have a name; the name is displayed in the [[Waze app]] ETA screen. It is important to keep the name short so that it matches the map and ensure it is easy to understand. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;External providers&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: With Waze, with &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;L3&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; and higher, you can add directions with POIs from &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;external providers&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;. One of the external providers is &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Google Maps&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
: When a place is linked, drivers can select any destination from the search results in the app; whether the result is from Waze or Google, it will always lead you to the Waze navigation stop.&lt;br /&gt;
: When linking a Google POI, add the Google name as an alternative name. Then—if a Google search result is selected in the Waze app—the navigation will lead you to the Waze location.&lt;br /&gt;
: Searching for a place results in duplicate results (the same name) if more than one Waze Place is linked to the same Google POI.&lt;br /&gt;
: When access to a place is on a different road, it is useful to also include the address as an additional link, using a Google address pin. This way, the place is also found when searching by address.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: If more than one place is defined for a single POI, link the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;external provider&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; to the main one. Example: Metro station with more than one entrance defined, use the main entrance.&lt;br /&gt;
: Only link an &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;External provider&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; to a [[Parking Lot Place]] when it explicitly refers to the parking lot itself. Never link a Google Place that refers to the POI location (building) to a [[Parking Lot Place|Parking Lot]] place.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the photo below, you can see an example from the Rijksmuseum in Amsterdam..&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Place-rijksmuseum-amsterdam.png|750px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===More Info Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
You can enter the website address and phone number in the &amp;quot;More Info&amp;quot; tab, where you can also select optional services such as Wi-Fi, Restrooms, Terrace, or Customer Parking (do not sign separately!). Information on this tab is displayed in the search results. From there, you can click on the website address or phone number to activate your browser or phone function. Therefore, they must be in a usable format:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:WME_Places_searchresults_EN.png|230px|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Website&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: It is recommended to use the full and direct link to the website, including https:// when available. If the website is multilingual and a choice needs to be made, choose English if possible. : Examples: https://domainname.nl, https://subdomain.domainname.nl&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Telephone&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Telephone numbers are best written in international format: Generally, the number consists of the country code, followed by the area code (without 0), and then the subscriber number, all without hyphens, forward slashes, parentheses, and the like. Formatting spaces are allowed, but not necessary. An exception: do not precede 0800 and 0900 numbers with the country code.&lt;br /&gt;
::+31 AA BBBBBBBB, or +31 AAA BBBBBBB for landline numbers,&lt;br /&gt;
::+31 6 CBBBBBBB for mobile numbers&lt;br /&gt;
::0800 BBBBBB or 0900 BBBBBB for 0800 and 0900 numbers&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Opening hours&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Add the opening hours if possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Photos Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
The photos added to a place are displayed on the &amp;quot;Photos&amp;quot; tab. In [[Waze Map Editor|editor]], we can add and remove photos (starting from &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;L4&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;). Wazers can upload photos via the Waze app, via a [[Place update request|PUR]].&lt;br /&gt;
* Add: Ensure that you only add images that you own and have the right to use, and that comply with Waze&#039;s Terms of Use.&lt;br /&gt;
* Remove: Make a well-considered decision about discarding a photo. Once a photo is removed, it cannot be recovered. Remove only if the photo is truly unclear, unhelpful, and/or inappropriate.&lt;br /&gt;
* Photos must not display human faces, car license plates, or other information that could refer to a person. Photos used must be a recognizable illustration of the relevant location. For more guidelines on accepting or discarding photos, see the general Wiki page section [https://www.waze.com/discuss/t/places/377947 Place Updates (Moderation)].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lock levels==&lt;br /&gt;
Please note that places essential for Waze&#039;s functionality, such as [[Parking Lot Place|Parking lots]], must be locked at least at level &#039;&#039;&#039;2&#039;&#039;&#039; (or higher) to prevent data loss, for example due to automatic acceptance of submissions. See also the page on [[Place categories|Place categories]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Trusted editor===&lt;br /&gt;
Beginner editors require approval from a level 2 or higher editor for the posts they create until they reach the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;trusted&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; status after a number of approved post edits. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Aspects==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Place update request|Place update request (PUR)]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Flagged place]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://support.google.com/waze/answer/7402261?hl=en Misplaced ad pins form] is intended for reporting issues with advertised places that are incorrectly placed on the map. Requests from &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;L4&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; editors are automatically approved by Waze.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Read more==&lt;br /&gt;
See also the global page [https://www.waze.com/discuss/t/places/377947 Places].&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
{{Bottomline}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kamonu</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wazeopedia.nl/index.php?title=Translations:Places/16/en&amp;diff=6547</id>
		<title>Translations:Places/16/en</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wazeopedia.nl/index.php?title=Translations:Places/16/en&amp;diff=6547"/>
		<updated>2026-03-15T00:12:58Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kamonu: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Read more==&lt;br /&gt;
See also the global page [https://www.waze.com/discuss/t/places/377947 Places].&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kamonu</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wazeopedia.nl/index.php?title=Places/en&amp;diff=6546</id>
		<title>Places/en</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wazeopedia.nl/index.php?title=Places/en&amp;diff=6546"/>
		<updated>2026-03-15T00:12:53Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kamonu: Nieuwe pagina aangemaakt met &amp;#039;==Read more== See also the global page [https://www.waze.com/discuss/t/places/377947 Places].&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;  &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{TopLine}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Place]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Places==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Places&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; are searchable destinations on the Waze map, just like the &amp;quot;Points of Interest&amp;quot; found on certain popular GPS devices. They can be added from the app, but also in the [[Waze Map Editor]]. Here you will find instructions for creating a &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;place&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; in the [[Waze Map Editor|editor]]. For a description of the different types of places, see the [[Place categories]] page. Places can only be defined when the Places [[Waze_Map_Editor#Layers_menu|Map Layer]] is activated.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A place can be defined as a &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;point&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; or an &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;area place&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;. Above a certain size, &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Area places&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; become visible in the app. A &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Point place&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; is never visible, but both types can be searched, selected, and navigated to. There is also a third type of place called [[#Residential or Private Places|Residential places]], these are private addresses. These are always point places.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Creating a Place===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NL-WME-Plaats-opties.png|220xpx|right|Place Options]] Click the [[File:NL-WME-Plaats.png|85xpx]] icon at the top of the [[Waze Map Editor]] to add a &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Place&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; and then choose one of the displayed [[Place categories|place categories]] from the list. Finally, a choice must be made between a &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;point&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; and an &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;area place&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For some place categories, an additional submenu is displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NL-WME-Plaats-subopties.png|280xpx]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Points===&lt;br /&gt;
Points are not displayed in the app. They are only used to help Wazers find locations, especially when they are not listed or are listed incorrectly in other search engines. Because the places can be looked up/selected from the [[Waze app|app]], the accurate positioning of a point and providing a full address (including [[House numbers|street number]]) are both extremely important.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the [[Waze Map Editor|editor]], a point is displayed as a small circle, with the exception of a &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;residential place&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;, which is shown as a small triangle.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wme place.png]] Default point place&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wme place selected.png]] Selected point place&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wme place changed.png]] Changed point place&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wme place pending update.png]] Modified point location, awaiting approval&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Waze routing server navigates the Wazer to the segment that is physically closest to where the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Point Location&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; is placed. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The point marker is the stopping point. If the place is located inside a building, the marker should usually be placed at or near the main entrance of the location. Try to imagine where you would stop to drop someone off at this location.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Icons and dot markers====&lt;br /&gt;
Icons and dot markers are colored by category.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For better visibility, icons and dot markers are now displayed according to the zoom level, namely:&lt;br /&gt;
* Zoom level 18-22: icon&lt;br /&gt;
* Zoom level 17: dot marker; icon with mouse pointer over the location&lt;br /&gt;
* Zoom level 16 and lower: nothing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Area Places===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Area Places&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; (area places) are shown in the [[Waze app]] when they are large enough (&amp;gt; 500 m²). Too many area places can make the map cluttered, creating large gray zones that do not help Wazers find their way. Therefore, it is important to use &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Area Places&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; only if they are distinctive and important enough to orient drivers. Ensure that you do not place the place nodes on road segment nodes. This makes it more difficult to edit the place and/or segments later.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Parking Lot Place]] and [[Gas Station Place|Gas Stations]] must be drawn as area places, regardless of their size. All other places are generally drawn as point places, except when they are large and distinctive enough to aid orientation while driving. See also the section on [[#How to define area or point|Choosing between point and area location]].&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Generally, an &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Area Location&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; only covers what a Wazer sees when driving to the actual location. It follows that the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Area Location&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; indicates the visible building, not the territory. However, an &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Area Location&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; does not need to be as detailed as the building itself.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Natural elements such as forests, parks, and lakes are drawn into the visible contours.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Some types of &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Area Locations&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; are displayed in specific colors in the [[Waze app|app]]. Generally, natural features are green (e.g., Park) or blue (e.g., River).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NL-Place-Entrypoint-HandleIcon.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
Each area location has an &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;entry point&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; that is centered by default. The arrow in the accompanying image. This point can be moved to your destination or where you need to park: Try to imagine where you would stop to drop someone off at this destination.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If an &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;entry point&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; is linked to a [[Walking trail]] (WT), place it on top of the WT. Otherwise, it may happen that you are directed to a nearby drivable segment instead.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; For more information, see the [[Entry point logic|Entry point logic]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Area Place&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; also has a &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;move handle&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; that allows you to shift the place. If the area itself needs to be changed, click on the place to select it. Use the [[Nodes#Geometrie_knooppunten|geometrie knooppunten]] to adjust the shape. To move an &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;area place&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; without changing the shape, drag the place using the [[File:Wme place drag handle.png]] move handle icon.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Residential places / Private places ===&lt;br /&gt;
Upon arrival, Waze suggests taking a photo of your destination. In this way, many private places are uploaded to [[Waze Map Editor|editor]]. The category &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;residential place&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; is used for these private places. Private Places cannot be searched, and the identity of the person who created them or added photos is not revealed. Private Places contain only photos and an exact address, without any other properties of a Place. The photos are only shown to people driving explicitly to that address. Waze editors can use the photos and exact locations to improve the [[house numbers|house number]] database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;[[File:NL-omzetten-naar-woning.png|30px]] Public places can be converted into private places, but private places cannot be converted into public places. Use the link below the buttons for Point or Area in the menu to convert places that have been incorrectly labeled as public into private.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For more on this topic, see the [[Residential Place]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Combined Places===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wme places mall area with points.png|thumb|Point Places within an Area Place]] Point Places within an Area Place is permitted and is usually used for shops in a shopping mall, faculties within a university campus, etc. Avoid Areas within Areas, as this can become confusing on the app screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to determine area or point==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Parking Lot Place|Parking lots]] and [[Gas Station Place|Petrol stations]] are always drawn as Area Place. Most other places are generally drawn as a point place, except when they are large and distinctive enough to aid in orientation while driving, which will often be the case at an event center, factory, hospital, office, campground, shopping centers, museums (e.g. Rijksmuseum, Amsterdam), major monuments, schools, tourist site, attraction, sports field or stadium, and natural features. They are mapped as areas on the (building) perimeter and usually do not cover streets.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Place categories|category table]] provides a guideline for choosing between point and area locations, based on their category, subcategory, and probable area size.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Location details==&lt;br /&gt;
Each location - point or area - must contain as much information as possible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===General Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
The general tab: here you enter all basic information: categories, name, description, petrol brand, residential/public, opening hours, country, state, city, street, and house number.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Category&#039;&#039;&#039;: Places require at least one &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;category&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; to be assigned, but can belong to multiple others. Always select the main category first. For example, a petrol station can also be &amp;quot;Convenience store&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Car wash&amp;quot;, or &amp;quot;Charging station&amp;quot;. For a more detailed explanation of categories, see the [[Place categories|Place categories]] page.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Name and address&#039;&#039;&#039;: If possible, provide &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;name&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;address&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;. Use the official name of the place. Optionally add an alternative name. :Place addresses - other than [[Places#Residential_places_.2F_Eigen_woning_plaatsen|residential houses]] - are not used when searching by address. They are purely for informational purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
:If a Google link is provided in the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;External provider&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; field (see below), please also add the Google name as an alternative name.&lt;br /&gt;
:The address is particularly useful for directing Wazers to the location.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;Under the [[Waze_Map_Editor#Layers_menu|Map layer]] &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Places&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;, you can specify whether the place name should be displayed on the [[Waze Map Editor|editor screen]]. Place names are displayed starting from a certain zoom level.&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039;&#039;: The Description field is visible in the [[Waze app]] and is intended for useful and objective information regarding the place itself. Keep it concise.&lt;br /&gt;
: Some places require payment: do not change the description unless it is clearly incorrect.&lt;br /&gt;
: Do not use the description field for your own notes or comments to other editors.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Access Points&#039;&#039;&#039;: Add &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Access Points&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; when necessary so that Waze can navigate you to the correct side of the place. Use one place per destination. The navigation selects the nearest entry point.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::&amp;lt;small&amp;gt; If a hospital has different destinations for the general entrance and for emergency/first aid on the other side of the building - create an area location for the hospital with its own entry point and a point location for emergency/first aid access.&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
: Do not place entry points on top of road segments, but slightly to the side to get the best left/right directions. Each entry point must have a name; the name is displayed in the [[Waze app]] ETA screen. It is important to keep the name short so that it matches the map and ensure it is easy to understand. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;External providers&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: With Waze, with &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;L3&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; and higher, you can add directions with POIs from &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;external providers&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;. One of the external providers is &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Google Maps&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
: When a place is linked, drivers can select any destination from the search results in the app; whether the result is from Waze or Google, it will always lead you to the Waze navigation stop.&lt;br /&gt;
: When linking a Google POI, add the Google name as an alternative name. Then—if a Google search result is selected in the Waze app—the navigation will lead you to the Waze location.&lt;br /&gt;
: Searching for a place results in duplicate results (the same name) if more than one Waze Place is linked to the same Google POI.&lt;br /&gt;
: When access to a place is on a different road, it is useful to also include the address as an additional link, using a Google address pin. This way, the place is also found when searching by address.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: If more than one place is defined for a single POI, link the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;external provider&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; to the main one. Example: Metro station with more than one entrance defined, use the main entrance.&lt;br /&gt;
: Only link an &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;External provider&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; to a [[Parking Lot Place]] when it explicitly refers to the parking lot itself. Never link a Google Place that refers to the POI location (building) to a [[Parking Lot Place|Parking Lot]] place.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the photo below, you can see an example from the Rijksmuseum in Amsterdam..&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Place-rijksmuseum-amsterdam.png|750px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===More Info Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
You can enter the website address and phone number in the &amp;quot;More Info&amp;quot; tab, where you can also select optional services such as Wi-Fi, Restrooms, Terrace, or Customer Parking (do not sign separately!). Information on this tab is displayed in the search results. From there, you can click on the website address or phone number to activate your browser or phone function. Therefore, they must be in a usable format:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:WME_Places_searchresults_EN.png|230px|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Website&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: It is recommended to use the full and direct link to the website, including https:// when available. If the website is multilingual and a choice needs to be made, choose English if possible. : Examples: https://domainname.nl, https://subdomain.domainname.nl&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Telephone&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Telephone numbers are best written in international format: Generally, the number consists of the country code, followed by the area code (without 0), and then the subscriber number, all without hyphens, forward slashes, parentheses, and the like. Formatting spaces are allowed, but not necessary. An exception: do not precede 0800 and 0900 numbers with the country code.&lt;br /&gt;
::+31 AA BBBBBBBB, or +31 AAA BBBBBBB for landline numbers,&lt;br /&gt;
::+31 6 CBBBBBBB for mobile numbers&lt;br /&gt;
::0800 BBBBBB or 0900 BBBBBB for 0800 and 0900 numbers&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Opening hours&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Add the opening hours if possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Photos Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
The photos added to a place are displayed on the &amp;quot;Photos&amp;quot; tab. In [[Waze Map Editor|editor]], we can add and remove photos (starting from &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;L4&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;). Wazers can upload photos via the Waze app, via a [[Place update request|PUR]].&lt;br /&gt;
* Add: Ensure that you only add images that you own and have the right to use, and that comply with Waze&#039;s Terms of Use.&lt;br /&gt;
* Remove: Make a well-considered decision about discarding a photo. Once a photo is removed, it cannot be recovered. Remove only if the photo is truly unclear, unhelpful, and/or inappropriate.&lt;br /&gt;
* Photos must not display human faces, car license plates, or other information that could refer to a person. Photos used must be a recognizable illustration of the relevant location. For more guidelines on accepting or discarding photos, see the general Wiki page section [https://www.waze.com/discuss/t/places/377947 Place Updates (Moderation)].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lock levels==&lt;br /&gt;
Please note that places essential for Waze&#039;s functionality, such as [[Parking Lot Place|Parking lots]], must be locked at least at level &#039;&#039;&#039;2&#039;&#039;&#039; (or higher) to prevent data loss, for example due to automatic acceptance of submissions. See also the page on [[Place categories|Place categories]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Trusted editor===&lt;br /&gt;
Beginner editors require approval from a level 2 or higher editor for the posts they create until they reach the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;trusted&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; status after a number of approved post edits. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Aspects==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Place update request|Place update request (PUR)]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Flagged place]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://support.google.com/waze/answer/7402261?hl=en Misplaced ad pins form] is intended for reporting issues with advertised places that are incorrectly placed on the map. Requests from &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;L4&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; editors are automatically approved by Waze.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Read more==&lt;br /&gt;
See also the global page [https://www.waze.com/discuss/t/places/377947 Places].&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
{{Bottomline}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kamonu</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wazeopedia.nl/index.php?title=Translations:Places/16/en&amp;diff=6545</id>
		<title>Translations:Places/16/en</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wazeopedia.nl/index.php?title=Translations:Places/16/en&amp;diff=6545"/>
		<updated>2026-03-15T00:12:52Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kamonu: Nieuwe pagina aangemaakt met &amp;#039;==Read more== See also the global page [https://www.waze.com/discuss/t/places/377947 Places].&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;  &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Read more==&lt;br /&gt;
See also the global page [https://www.waze.com/discuss/t/places/377947 Places].&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kamonu</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wazeopedia.nl/index.php?title=Places/en&amp;diff=6544</id>
		<title>Places/en</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wazeopedia.nl/index.php?title=Places/en&amp;diff=6544"/>
		<updated>2026-03-15T00:12:01Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kamonu: Nieuwe pagina aangemaakt met &amp;#039;==Aspects== * Place update request (PUR) * Flagged place * [https://support.google.com/waze/answer/7402261?hl=en Misplaced ad pins form] is intended for reporting issues with advertised places that are incorrectly placed on the map. Requests from &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;L4&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; editors are automatically approved by Waze.&amp;#039;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{TopLine}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Place]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Places==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Places&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; are searchable destinations on the Waze map, just like the &amp;quot;Points of Interest&amp;quot; found on certain popular GPS devices. They can be added from the app, but also in the [[Waze Map Editor]]. Here you will find instructions for creating a &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;place&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; in the [[Waze Map Editor|editor]]. For a description of the different types of places, see the [[Place categories]] page. Places can only be defined when the Places [[Waze_Map_Editor#Layers_menu|Map Layer]] is activated.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A place can be defined as a &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;point&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; or an &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;area place&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;. Above a certain size, &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Area places&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; become visible in the app. A &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Point place&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; is never visible, but both types can be searched, selected, and navigated to. There is also a third type of place called [[#Residential or Private Places|Residential places]], these are private addresses. These are always point places.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Creating a Place===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NL-WME-Plaats-opties.png|220xpx|right|Place Options]] Click the [[File:NL-WME-Plaats.png|85xpx]] icon at the top of the [[Waze Map Editor]] to add a &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Place&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; and then choose one of the displayed [[Place categories|place categories]] from the list. Finally, a choice must be made between a &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;point&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; and an &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;area place&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For some place categories, an additional submenu is displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NL-WME-Plaats-subopties.png|280xpx]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Points===&lt;br /&gt;
Points are not displayed in the app. They are only used to help Wazers find locations, especially when they are not listed or are listed incorrectly in other search engines. Because the places can be looked up/selected from the [[Waze app|app]], the accurate positioning of a point and providing a full address (including [[House numbers|street number]]) are both extremely important.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the [[Waze Map Editor|editor]], a point is displayed as a small circle, with the exception of a &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;residential place&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;, which is shown as a small triangle.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wme place.png]] Default point place&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wme place selected.png]] Selected point place&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wme place changed.png]] Changed point place&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wme place pending update.png]] Modified point location, awaiting approval&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Waze routing server navigates the Wazer to the segment that is physically closest to where the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Point Location&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; is placed. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The point marker is the stopping point. If the place is located inside a building, the marker should usually be placed at or near the main entrance of the location. Try to imagine where you would stop to drop someone off at this location.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Icons and dot markers====&lt;br /&gt;
Icons and dot markers are colored by category.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For better visibility, icons and dot markers are now displayed according to the zoom level, namely:&lt;br /&gt;
* Zoom level 18-22: icon&lt;br /&gt;
* Zoom level 17: dot marker; icon with mouse pointer over the location&lt;br /&gt;
* Zoom level 16 and lower: nothing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Area Places===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Area Places&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; (area places) are shown in the [[Waze app]] when they are large enough (&amp;gt; 500 m²). Too many area places can make the map cluttered, creating large gray zones that do not help Wazers find their way. Therefore, it is important to use &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Area Places&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; only if they are distinctive and important enough to orient drivers. Ensure that you do not place the place nodes on road segment nodes. This makes it more difficult to edit the place and/or segments later.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Parking Lot Place]] and [[Gas Station Place|Gas Stations]] must be drawn as area places, regardless of their size. All other places are generally drawn as point places, except when they are large and distinctive enough to aid orientation while driving. See also the section on [[#How to define area or point|Choosing between point and area location]].&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Generally, an &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Area Location&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; only covers what a Wazer sees when driving to the actual location. It follows that the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Area Location&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; indicates the visible building, not the territory. However, an &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Area Location&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; does not need to be as detailed as the building itself.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Natural elements such as forests, parks, and lakes are drawn into the visible contours.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Some types of &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Area Locations&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; are displayed in specific colors in the [[Waze app|app]]. Generally, natural features are green (e.g., Park) or blue (e.g., River).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NL-Place-Entrypoint-HandleIcon.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
Each area location has an &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;entry point&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; that is centered by default. The arrow in the accompanying image. This point can be moved to your destination or where you need to park: Try to imagine where you would stop to drop someone off at this destination.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If an &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;entry point&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; is linked to a [[Walking trail]] (WT), place it on top of the WT. Otherwise, it may happen that you are directed to a nearby drivable segment instead.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; For more information, see the [[Entry point logic|Entry point logic]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Area Place&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; also has a &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;move handle&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; that allows you to shift the place. If the area itself needs to be changed, click on the place to select it. Use the [[Nodes#Geometrie_knooppunten|geometrie knooppunten]] to adjust the shape. To move an &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;area place&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; without changing the shape, drag the place using the [[File:Wme place drag handle.png]] move handle icon.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Residential places / Private places ===&lt;br /&gt;
Upon arrival, Waze suggests taking a photo of your destination. In this way, many private places are uploaded to [[Waze Map Editor|editor]]. The category &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;residential place&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; is used for these private places. Private Places cannot be searched, and the identity of the person who created them or added photos is not revealed. Private Places contain only photos and an exact address, without any other properties of a Place. The photos are only shown to people driving explicitly to that address. Waze editors can use the photos and exact locations to improve the [[house numbers|house number]] database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;[[File:NL-omzetten-naar-woning.png|30px]] Public places can be converted into private places, but private places cannot be converted into public places. Use the link below the buttons for Point or Area in the menu to convert places that have been incorrectly labeled as public into private.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For more on this topic, see the [[Residential Place]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Combined Places===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wme places mall area with points.png|thumb|Point Places within an Area Place]] Point Places within an Area Place is permitted and is usually used for shops in a shopping mall, faculties within a university campus, etc. Avoid Areas within Areas, as this can become confusing on the app screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to determine area or point==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Parking Lot Place|Parking lots]] and [[Gas Station Place|Petrol stations]] are always drawn as Area Place. Most other places are generally drawn as a point place, except when they are large and distinctive enough to aid in orientation while driving, which will often be the case at an event center, factory, hospital, office, campground, shopping centers, museums (e.g. Rijksmuseum, Amsterdam), major monuments, schools, tourist site, attraction, sports field or stadium, and natural features. They are mapped as areas on the (building) perimeter and usually do not cover streets.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Place categories|category table]] provides a guideline for choosing between point and area locations, based on their category, subcategory, and probable area size.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Location details==&lt;br /&gt;
Each location - point or area - must contain as much information as possible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===General Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
The general tab: here you enter all basic information: categories, name, description, petrol brand, residential/public, opening hours, country, state, city, street, and house number.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Category&#039;&#039;&#039;: Places require at least one &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;category&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; to be assigned, but can belong to multiple others. Always select the main category first. For example, a petrol station can also be &amp;quot;Convenience store&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Car wash&amp;quot;, or &amp;quot;Charging station&amp;quot;. For a more detailed explanation of categories, see the [[Place categories|Place categories]] page.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Name and address&#039;&#039;&#039;: If possible, provide &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;name&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;address&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;. Use the official name of the place. Optionally add an alternative name. :Place addresses - other than [[Places#Residential_places_.2F_Eigen_woning_plaatsen|residential houses]] - are not used when searching by address. They are purely for informational purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
:If a Google link is provided in the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;External provider&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; field (see below), please also add the Google name as an alternative name.&lt;br /&gt;
:The address is particularly useful for directing Wazers to the location.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;Under the [[Waze_Map_Editor#Layers_menu|Map layer]] &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Places&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;, you can specify whether the place name should be displayed on the [[Waze Map Editor|editor screen]]. Place names are displayed starting from a certain zoom level.&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039;&#039;: The Description field is visible in the [[Waze app]] and is intended for useful and objective information regarding the place itself. Keep it concise.&lt;br /&gt;
: Some places require payment: do not change the description unless it is clearly incorrect.&lt;br /&gt;
: Do not use the description field for your own notes or comments to other editors.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Access Points&#039;&#039;&#039;: Add &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Access Points&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; when necessary so that Waze can navigate you to the correct side of the place. Use one place per destination. The navigation selects the nearest entry point.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::&amp;lt;small&amp;gt; If a hospital has different destinations for the general entrance and for emergency/first aid on the other side of the building - create an area location for the hospital with its own entry point and a point location for emergency/first aid access.&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
: Do not place entry points on top of road segments, but slightly to the side to get the best left/right directions. Each entry point must have a name; the name is displayed in the [[Waze app]] ETA screen. It is important to keep the name short so that it matches the map and ensure it is easy to understand. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;External providers&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: With Waze, with &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;L3&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; and higher, you can add directions with POIs from &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;external providers&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;. One of the external providers is &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Google Maps&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
: When a place is linked, drivers can select any destination from the search results in the app; whether the result is from Waze or Google, it will always lead you to the Waze navigation stop.&lt;br /&gt;
: When linking a Google POI, add the Google name as an alternative name. Then—if a Google search result is selected in the Waze app—the navigation will lead you to the Waze location.&lt;br /&gt;
: Searching for a place results in duplicate results (the same name) if more than one Waze Place is linked to the same Google POI.&lt;br /&gt;
: When access to a place is on a different road, it is useful to also include the address as an additional link, using a Google address pin. This way, the place is also found when searching by address.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: If more than one place is defined for a single POI, link the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;external provider&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; to the main one. Example: Metro station with more than one entrance defined, use the main entrance.&lt;br /&gt;
: Only link an &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;External provider&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; to a [[Parking Lot Place]] when it explicitly refers to the parking lot itself. Never link a Google Place that refers to the POI location (building) to a [[Parking Lot Place|Parking Lot]] place.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the photo below, you can see an example from the Rijksmuseum in Amsterdam..&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Place-rijksmuseum-amsterdam.png|750px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===More Info Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
You can enter the website address and phone number in the &amp;quot;More Info&amp;quot; tab, where you can also select optional services such as Wi-Fi, Restrooms, Terrace, or Customer Parking (do not sign separately!). Information on this tab is displayed in the search results. From there, you can click on the website address or phone number to activate your browser or phone function. Therefore, they must be in a usable format:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:WME_Places_searchresults_EN.png|230px|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Website&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: It is recommended to use the full and direct link to the website, including https:// when available. If the website is multilingual and a choice needs to be made, choose English if possible. : Examples: https://domainname.nl, https://subdomain.domainname.nl&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Telephone&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Telephone numbers are best written in international format: Generally, the number consists of the country code, followed by the area code (without 0), and then the subscriber number, all without hyphens, forward slashes, parentheses, and the like. Formatting spaces are allowed, but not necessary. An exception: do not precede 0800 and 0900 numbers with the country code.&lt;br /&gt;
::+31 AA BBBBBBBB, or +31 AAA BBBBBBB for landline numbers,&lt;br /&gt;
::+31 6 CBBBBBBB for mobile numbers&lt;br /&gt;
::0800 BBBBBB or 0900 BBBBBB for 0800 and 0900 numbers&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Opening hours&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Add the opening hours if possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Photos Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
The photos added to a place are displayed on the &amp;quot;Photos&amp;quot; tab. In [[Waze Map Editor|editor]], we can add and remove photos (starting from &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;L4&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;). Wazers can upload photos via the Waze app, via a [[Place update request|PUR]].&lt;br /&gt;
* Add: Ensure that you only add images that you own and have the right to use, and that comply with Waze&#039;s Terms of Use.&lt;br /&gt;
* Remove: Make a well-considered decision about discarding a photo. Once a photo is removed, it cannot be recovered. Remove only if the photo is truly unclear, unhelpful, and/or inappropriate.&lt;br /&gt;
* Photos must not display human faces, car license plates, or other information that could refer to a person. Photos used must be a recognizable illustration of the relevant location. For more guidelines on accepting or discarding photos, see the general Wiki page section [https://www.waze.com/discuss/t/places/377947 Place Updates (Moderation)].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lock levels==&lt;br /&gt;
Please note that places essential for Waze&#039;s functionality, such as [[Parking Lot Place|Parking lots]], must be locked at least at level &#039;&#039;&#039;2&#039;&#039;&#039; (or higher) to prevent data loss, for example due to automatic acceptance of submissions. See also the page on [[Place categories|Place categories]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Trusted editor===&lt;br /&gt;
Beginner editors require approval from a level 2 or higher editor for the posts they create until they reach the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;trusted&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; status after a number of approved post edits. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Aspects==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Place update request|Place update request (PUR)]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Flagged place]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://support.google.com/waze/answer/7402261?hl=en Misplaced ad pins form] is intended for reporting issues with advertised places that are incorrectly placed on the map. Requests from &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;L4&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; editors are automatically approved by Waze.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;nl&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Verder lezen==&lt;br /&gt;
Zie ook de globale pagina [https://www.waze.com/wiki/USA/Places Places].&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
{{Bottomline}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kamonu</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wazeopedia.nl/index.php?title=Translations:Places/14/en&amp;diff=6543</id>
		<title>Translations:Places/14/en</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wazeopedia.nl/index.php?title=Translations:Places/14/en&amp;diff=6543"/>
		<updated>2026-03-15T00:12:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kamonu: Nieuwe pagina aangemaakt met &amp;#039;==Aspects== * Place update request (PUR) * Flagged place * [https://support.google.com/waze/answer/7402261?hl=en Misplaced ad pins form] is intended for reporting issues with advertised places that are incorrectly placed on the map. Requests from &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;L4&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; editors are automatically approved by Waze.&amp;#039;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Aspects==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Place update request|Place update request (PUR)]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Flagged place]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://support.google.com/waze/answer/7402261?hl=en Misplaced ad pins form] is intended for reporting issues with advertised places that are incorrectly placed on the map. Requests from &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;L4&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; editors are automatically approved by Waze.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kamonu</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wazeopedia.nl/index.php?title=Places/en&amp;diff=6542</id>
		<title>Places/en</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wazeopedia.nl/index.php?title=Places/en&amp;diff=6542"/>
		<updated>2026-03-15T00:11:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kamonu: Nieuwe pagina aangemaakt met &amp;#039;===Trusted editor=== Beginner editors require approval from a level 2 or higher editor for the posts they create until they reach the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;trusted&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; status after a number of approved post edits.&amp;#039;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{TopLine}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Place]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Places==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Places&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; are searchable destinations on the Waze map, just like the &amp;quot;Points of Interest&amp;quot; found on certain popular GPS devices. They can be added from the app, but also in the [[Waze Map Editor]]. Here you will find instructions for creating a &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;place&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; in the [[Waze Map Editor|editor]]. For a description of the different types of places, see the [[Place categories]] page. Places can only be defined when the Places [[Waze_Map_Editor#Layers_menu|Map Layer]] is activated.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A place can be defined as a &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;point&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; or an &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;area place&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;. Above a certain size, &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Area places&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; become visible in the app. A &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Point place&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; is never visible, but both types can be searched, selected, and navigated to. There is also a third type of place called [[#Residential or Private Places|Residential places]], these are private addresses. These are always point places.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Creating a Place===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NL-WME-Plaats-opties.png|220xpx|right|Place Options]] Click the [[File:NL-WME-Plaats.png|85xpx]] icon at the top of the [[Waze Map Editor]] to add a &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Place&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; and then choose one of the displayed [[Place categories|place categories]] from the list. Finally, a choice must be made between a &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;point&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; and an &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;area place&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For some place categories, an additional submenu is displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NL-WME-Plaats-subopties.png|280xpx]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Points===&lt;br /&gt;
Points are not displayed in the app. They are only used to help Wazers find locations, especially when they are not listed or are listed incorrectly in other search engines. Because the places can be looked up/selected from the [[Waze app|app]], the accurate positioning of a point and providing a full address (including [[House numbers|street number]]) are both extremely important.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the [[Waze Map Editor|editor]], a point is displayed as a small circle, with the exception of a &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;residential place&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;, which is shown as a small triangle.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wme place.png]] Default point place&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wme place selected.png]] Selected point place&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wme place changed.png]] Changed point place&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wme place pending update.png]] Modified point location, awaiting approval&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Waze routing server navigates the Wazer to the segment that is physically closest to where the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Point Location&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; is placed. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The point marker is the stopping point. If the place is located inside a building, the marker should usually be placed at or near the main entrance of the location. Try to imagine where you would stop to drop someone off at this location.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Icons and dot markers====&lt;br /&gt;
Icons and dot markers are colored by category.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For better visibility, icons and dot markers are now displayed according to the zoom level, namely:&lt;br /&gt;
* Zoom level 18-22: icon&lt;br /&gt;
* Zoom level 17: dot marker; icon with mouse pointer over the location&lt;br /&gt;
* Zoom level 16 and lower: nothing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Area Places===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Area Places&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; (area places) are shown in the [[Waze app]] when they are large enough (&amp;gt; 500 m²). Too many area places can make the map cluttered, creating large gray zones that do not help Wazers find their way. Therefore, it is important to use &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Area Places&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; only if they are distinctive and important enough to orient drivers. Ensure that you do not place the place nodes on road segment nodes. This makes it more difficult to edit the place and/or segments later.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Parking Lot Place]] and [[Gas Station Place|Gas Stations]] must be drawn as area places, regardless of their size. All other places are generally drawn as point places, except when they are large and distinctive enough to aid orientation while driving. See also the section on [[#How to define area or point|Choosing between point and area location]].&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Generally, an &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Area Location&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; only covers what a Wazer sees when driving to the actual location. It follows that the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Area Location&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; indicates the visible building, not the territory. However, an &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Area Location&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; does not need to be as detailed as the building itself.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Natural elements such as forests, parks, and lakes are drawn into the visible contours.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Some types of &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Area Locations&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; are displayed in specific colors in the [[Waze app|app]]. Generally, natural features are green (e.g., Park) or blue (e.g., River).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NL-Place-Entrypoint-HandleIcon.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
Each area location has an &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;entry point&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; that is centered by default. The arrow in the accompanying image. This point can be moved to your destination or where you need to park: Try to imagine where you would stop to drop someone off at this destination.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If an &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;entry point&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; is linked to a [[Walking trail]] (WT), place it on top of the WT. Otherwise, it may happen that you are directed to a nearby drivable segment instead.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; For more information, see the [[Entry point logic|Entry point logic]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Area Place&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; also has a &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;move handle&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; that allows you to shift the place. If the area itself needs to be changed, click on the place to select it. Use the [[Nodes#Geometrie_knooppunten|geometrie knooppunten]] to adjust the shape. To move an &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;area place&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; without changing the shape, drag the place using the [[File:Wme place drag handle.png]] move handle icon.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Residential places / Private places ===&lt;br /&gt;
Upon arrival, Waze suggests taking a photo of your destination. In this way, many private places are uploaded to [[Waze Map Editor|editor]]. The category &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;residential place&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; is used for these private places. Private Places cannot be searched, and the identity of the person who created them or added photos is not revealed. Private Places contain only photos and an exact address, without any other properties of a Place. The photos are only shown to people driving explicitly to that address. Waze editors can use the photos and exact locations to improve the [[house numbers|house number]] database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;[[File:NL-omzetten-naar-woning.png|30px]] Public places can be converted into private places, but private places cannot be converted into public places. Use the link below the buttons for Point or Area in the menu to convert places that have been incorrectly labeled as public into private.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For more on this topic, see the [[Residential Place]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Combined Places===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wme places mall area with points.png|thumb|Point Places within an Area Place]] Point Places within an Area Place is permitted and is usually used for shops in a shopping mall, faculties within a university campus, etc. Avoid Areas within Areas, as this can become confusing on the app screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to determine area or point==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Parking Lot Place|Parking lots]] and [[Gas Station Place|Petrol stations]] are always drawn as Area Place. Most other places are generally drawn as a point place, except when they are large and distinctive enough to aid in orientation while driving, which will often be the case at an event center, factory, hospital, office, campground, shopping centers, museums (e.g. Rijksmuseum, Amsterdam), major monuments, schools, tourist site, attraction, sports field or stadium, and natural features. They are mapped as areas on the (building) perimeter and usually do not cover streets.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Place categories|category table]] provides a guideline for choosing between point and area locations, based on their category, subcategory, and probable area size.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Location details==&lt;br /&gt;
Each location - point or area - must contain as much information as possible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===General Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
The general tab: here you enter all basic information: categories, name, description, petrol brand, residential/public, opening hours, country, state, city, street, and house number.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Category&#039;&#039;&#039;: Places require at least one &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;category&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; to be assigned, but can belong to multiple others. Always select the main category first. For example, a petrol station can also be &amp;quot;Convenience store&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Car wash&amp;quot;, or &amp;quot;Charging station&amp;quot;. For a more detailed explanation of categories, see the [[Place categories|Place categories]] page.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Name and address&#039;&#039;&#039;: If possible, provide &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;name&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;address&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;. Use the official name of the place. Optionally add an alternative name. :Place addresses - other than [[Places#Residential_places_.2F_Eigen_woning_plaatsen|residential houses]] - are not used when searching by address. They are purely for informational purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
:If a Google link is provided in the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;External provider&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; field (see below), please also add the Google name as an alternative name.&lt;br /&gt;
:The address is particularly useful for directing Wazers to the location.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;Under the [[Waze_Map_Editor#Layers_menu|Map layer]] &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Places&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;, you can specify whether the place name should be displayed on the [[Waze Map Editor|editor screen]]. Place names are displayed starting from a certain zoom level.&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039;&#039;: The Description field is visible in the [[Waze app]] and is intended for useful and objective information regarding the place itself. Keep it concise.&lt;br /&gt;
: Some places require payment: do not change the description unless it is clearly incorrect.&lt;br /&gt;
: Do not use the description field for your own notes or comments to other editors.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Access Points&#039;&#039;&#039;: Add &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Access Points&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; when necessary so that Waze can navigate you to the correct side of the place. Use one place per destination. The navigation selects the nearest entry point.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::&amp;lt;small&amp;gt; If a hospital has different destinations for the general entrance and for emergency/first aid on the other side of the building - create an area location for the hospital with its own entry point and a point location for emergency/first aid access.&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
: Do not place entry points on top of road segments, but slightly to the side to get the best left/right directions. Each entry point must have a name; the name is displayed in the [[Waze app]] ETA screen. It is important to keep the name short so that it matches the map and ensure it is easy to understand. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;External providers&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: With Waze, with &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;L3&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; and higher, you can add directions with POIs from &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;external providers&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;. One of the external providers is &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Google Maps&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
: When a place is linked, drivers can select any destination from the search results in the app; whether the result is from Waze or Google, it will always lead you to the Waze navigation stop.&lt;br /&gt;
: When linking a Google POI, add the Google name as an alternative name. Then—if a Google search result is selected in the Waze app—the navigation will lead you to the Waze location.&lt;br /&gt;
: Searching for a place results in duplicate results (the same name) if more than one Waze Place is linked to the same Google POI.&lt;br /&gt;
: When access to a place is on a different road, it is useful to also include the address as an additional link, using a Google address pin. This way, the place is also found when searching by address.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: If more than one place is defined for a single POI, link the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;external provider&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; to the main one. Example: Metro station with more than one entrance defined, use the main entrance.&lt;br /&gt;
: Only link an &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;External provider&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; to a [[Parking Lot Place]] when it explicitly refers to the parking lot itself. Never link a Google Place that refers to the POI location (building) to a [[Parking Lot Place|Parking Lot]] place.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the photo below, you can see an example from the Rijksmuseum in Amsterdam..&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Place-rijksmuseum-amsterdam.png|750px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===More Info Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
You can enter the website address and phone number in the &amp;quot;More Info&amp;quot; tab, where you can also select optional services such as Wi-Fi, Restrooms, Terrace, or Customer Parking (do not sign separately!). Information on this tab is displayed in the search results. From there, you can click on the website address or phone number to activate your browser or phone function. Therefore, they must be in a usable format:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:WME_Places_searchresults_EN.png|230px|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Website&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: It is recommended to use the full and direct link to the website, including https:// when available. If the website is multilingual and a choice needs to be made, choose English if possible. : Examples: https://domainname.nl, https://subdomain.domainname.nl&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Telephone&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Telephone numbers are best written in international format: Generally, the number consists of the country code, followed by the area code (without 0), and then the subscriber number, all without hyphens, forward slashes, parentheses, and the like. Formatting spaces are allowed, but not necessary. An exception: do not precede 0800 and 0900 numbers with the country code.&lt;br /&gt;
::+31 AA BBBBBBBB, or +31 AAA BBBBBBB for landline numbers,&lt;br /&gt;
::+31 6 CBBBBBBB for mobile numbers&lt;br /&gt;
::0800 BBBBBB or 0900 BBBBBB for 0800 and 0900 numbers&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Opening hours&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Add the opening hours if possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Photos Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
The photos added to a place are displayed on the &amp;quot;Photos&amp;quot; tab. In [[Waze Map Editor|editor]], we can add and remove photos (starting from &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;L4&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;). Wazers can upload photos via the Waze app, via a [[Place update request|PUR]].&lt;br /&gt;
* Add: Ensure that you only add images that you own and have the right to use, and that comply with Waze&#039;s Terms of Use.&lt;br /&gt;
* Remove: Make a well-considered decision about discarding a photo. Once a photo is removed, it cannot be recovered. Remove only if the photo is truly unclear, unhelpful, and/or inappropriate.&lt;br /&gt;
* Photos must not display human faces, car license plates, or other information that could refer to a person. Photos used must be a recognizable illustration of the relevant location. For more guidelines on accepting or discarding photos, see the general Wiki page section [https://www.waze.com/discuss/t/places/377947 Place Updates (Moderation)].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lock levels==&lt;br /&gt;
Please note that places essential for Waze&#039;s functionality, such as [[Parking Lot Place|Parking lots]], must be locked at least at level &#039;&#039;&#039;2&#039;&#039;&#039; (or higher) to prevent data loss, for example due to automatic acceptance of submissions. See also the page on [[Place categories|Place categories]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Trusted editor===&lt;br /&gt;
Beginner editors require approval from a level 2 or higher editor for the posts they create until they reach the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;trusted&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; status after a number of approved post edits. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;nl&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Aspecten==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Place update request|Plaats aanpassings verzoek (PUR)]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Flagged place|Gemerkte plaats]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://support.google.com/waze/answer/7402261?hl=en Misplaced ad pins formulier] is bedoeld voor het melden van problemen met geadverteerde plaatsen die verkeerd op de kaart zijn geplaatst. Verzoeken van &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;L4&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; editors worden automatisch goedgekeurd door Waze.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;nl&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Verder lezen==&lt;br /&gt;
Zie ook de globale pagina [https://www.waze.com/wiki/USA/Places Places].&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
{{Bottomline}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kamonu</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wazeopedia.nl/index.php?title=Translations:Places/27/en&amp;diff=6541</id>
		<title>Translations:Places/27/en</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wazeopedia.nl/index.php?title=Translations:Places/27/en&amp;diff=6541"/>
		<updated>2026-03-15T00:11:27Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kamonu: Nieuwe pagina aangemaakt met &amp;#039;===Trusted editor=== Beginner editors require approval from a level 2 or higher editor for the posts they create until they reach the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;trusted&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; status after a number of approved post edits.&amp;#039;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===Trusted editor===&lt;br /&gt;
Beginner editors require approval from a level 2 or higher editor for the posts they create until they reach the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;trusted&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; status after a number of approved post edits.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kamonu</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wazeopedia.nl/index.php?title=Places/en&amp;diff=6540</id>
		<title>Places/en</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wazeopedia.nl/index.php?title=Places/en&amp;diff=6540"/>
		<updated>2026-03-15T00:11:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kamonu: Nieuwe pagina aangemaakt met &amp;#039;==Lock levels== Please note that places essential for Waze&amp;#039;s functionality, such as Parking lots, must be locked at least at level &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;2&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; (or higher) to prevent data loss, for example due to automatic acceptance of submissions. See also the page on Place categories.&amp;#039;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{TopLine}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Place]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Places==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Places&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; are searchable destinations on the Waze map, just like the &amp;quot;Points of Interest&amp;quot; found on certain popular GPS devices. They can be added from the app, but also in the [[Waze Map Editor]]. Here you will find instructions for creating a &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;place&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; in the [[Waze Map Editor|editor]]. For a description of the different types of places, see the [[Place categories]] page. Places can only be defined when the Places [[Waze_Map_Editor#Layers_menu|Map Layer]] is activated.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A place can be defined as a &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;point&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; or an &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;area place&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;. Above a certain size, &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Area places&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; become visible in the app. A &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Point place&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; is never visible, but both types can be searched, selected, and navigated to. There is also a third type of place called [[#Residential or Private Places|Residential places]], these are private addresses. These are always point places.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Creating a Place===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NL-WME-Plaats-opties.png|220xpx|right|Place Options]] Click the [[File:NL-WME-Plaats.png|85xpx]] icon at the top of the [[Waze Map Editor]] to add a &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Place&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; and then choose one of the displayed [[Place categories|place categories]] from the list. Finally, a choice must be made between a &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;point&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; and an &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;area place&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For some place categories, an additional submenu is displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NL-WME-Plaats-subopties.png|280xpx]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Points===&lt;br /&gt;
Points are not displayed in the app. They are only used to help Wazers find locations, especially when they are not listed or are listed incorrectly in other search engines. Because the places can be looked up/selected from the [[Waze app|app]], the accurate positioning of a point and providing a full address (including [[House numbers|street number]]) are both extremely important.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the [[Waze Map Editor|editor]], a point is displayed as a small circle, with the exception of a &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;residential place&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;, which is shown as a small triangle.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wme place.png]] Default point place&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wme place selected.png]] Selected point place&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wme place changed.png]] Changed point place&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wme place pending update.png]] Modified point location, awaiting approval&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Waze routing server navigates the Wazer to the segment that is physically closest to where the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Point Location&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; is placed. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The point marker is the stopping point. If the place is located inside a building, the marker should usually be placed at or near the main entrance of the location. Try to imagine where you would stop to drop someone off at this location.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Icons and dot markers====&lt;br /&gt;
Icons and dot markers are colored by category.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For better visibility, icons and dot markers are now displayed according to the zoom level, namely:&lt;br /&gt;
* Zoom level 18-22: icon&lt;br /&gt;
* Zoom level 17: dot marker; icon with mouse pointer over the location&lt;br /&gt;
* Zoom level 16 and lower: nothing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Area Places===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Area Places&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; (area places) are shown in the [[Waze app]] when they are large enough (&amp;gt; 500 m²). Too many area places can make the map cluttered, creating large gray zones that do not help Wazers find their way. Therefore, it is important to use &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Area Places&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; only if they are distinctive and important enough to orient drivers. Ensure that you do not place the place nodes on road segment nodes. This makes it more difficult to edit the place and/or segments later.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Parking Lot Place]] and [[Gas Station Place|Gas Stations]] must be drawn as area places, regardless of their size. All other places are generally drawn as point places, except when they are large and distinctive enough to aid orientation while driving. See also the section on [[#How to define area or point|Choosing between point and area location]].&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Generally, an &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Area Location&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; only covers what a Wazer sees when driving to the actual location. It follows that the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Area Location&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; indicates the visible building, not the territory. However, an &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Area Location&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; does not need to be as detailed as the building itself.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Natural elements such as forests, parks, and lakes are drawn into the visible contours.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Some types of &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Area Locations&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; are displayed in specific colors in the [[Waze app|app]]. Generally, natural features are green (e.g., Park) or blue (e.g., River).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NL-Place-Entrypoint-HandleIcon.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
Each area location has an &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;entry point&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; that is centered by default. The arrow in the accompanying image. This point can be moved to your destination or where you need to park: Try to imagine where you would stop to drop someone off at this destination.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If an &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;entry point&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; is linked to a [[Walking trail]] (WT), place it on top of the WT. Otherwise, it may happen that you are directed to a nearby drivable segment instead.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; For more information, see the [[Entry point logic|Entry point logic]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Area Place&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; also has a &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;move handle&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; that allows you to shift the place. If the area itself needs to be changed, click on the place to select it. Use the [[Nodes#Geometrie_knooppunten|geometrie knooppunten]] to adjust the shape. To move an &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;area place&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; without changing the shape, drag the place using the [[File:Wme place drag handle.png]] move handle icon.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Residential places / Private places ===&lt;br /&gt;
Upon arrival, Waze suggests taking a photo of your destination. In this way, many private places are uploaded to [[Waze Map Editor|editor]]. The category &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;residential place&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; is used for these private places. Private Places cannot be searched, and the identity of the person who created them or added photos is not revealed. Private Places contain only photos and an exact address, without any other properties of a Place. The photos are only shown to people driving explicitly to that address. Waze editors can use the photos and exact locations to improve the [[house numbers|house number]] database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;[[File:NL-omzetten-naar-woning.png|30px]] Public places can be converted into private places, but private places cannot be converted into public places. Use the link below the buttons for Point or Area in the menu to convert places that have been incorrectly labeled as public into private.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For more on this topic, see the [[Residential Place]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Combined Places===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wme places mall area with points.png|thumb|Point Places within an Area Place]] Point Places within an Area Place is permitted and is usually used for shops in a shopping mall, faculties within a university campus, etc. Avoid Areas within Areas, as this can become confusing on the app screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to determine area or point==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Parking Lot Place|Parking lots]] and [[Gas Station Place|Petrol stations]] are always drawn as Area Place. Most other places are generally drawn as a point place, except when they are large and distinctive enough to aid in orientation while driving, which will often be the case at an event center, factory, hospital, office, campground, shopping centers, museums (e.g. Rijksmuseum, Amsterdam), major monuments, schools, tourist site, attraction, sports field or stadium, and natural features. They are mapped as areas on the (building) perimeter and usually do not cover streets.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Place categories|category table]] provides a guideline for choosing between point and area locations, based on their category, subcategory, and probable area size.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Location details==&lt;br /&gt;
Each location - point or area - must contain as much information as possible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===General Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
The general tab: here you enter all basic information: categories, name, description, petrol brand, residential/public, opening hours, country, state, city, street, and house number.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Category&#039;&#039;&#039;: Places require at least one &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;category&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; to be assigned, but can belong to multiple others. Always select the main category first. For example, a petrol station can also be &amp;quot;Convenience store&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Car wash&amp;quot;, or &amp;quot;Charging station&amp;quot;. For a more detailed explanation of categories, see the [[Place categories|Place categories]] page.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Name and address&#039;&#039;&#039;: If possible, provide &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;name&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;address&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;. Use the official name of the place. Optionally add an alternative name. :Place addresses - other than [[Places#Residential_places_.2F_Eigen_woning_plaatsen|residential houses]] - are not used when searching by address. They are purely for informational purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
:If a Google link is provided in the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;External provider&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; field (see below), please also add the Google name as an alternative name.&lt;br /&gt;
:The address is particularly useful for directing Wazers to the location.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;Under the [[Waze_Map_Editor#Layers_menu|Map layer]] &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Places&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;, you can specify whether the place name should be displayed on the [[Waze Map Editor|editor screen]]. Place names are displayed starting from a certain zoom level.&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039;&#039;: The Description field is visible in the [[Waze app]] and is intended for useful and objective information regarding the place itself. Keep it concise.&lt;br /&gt;
: Some places require payment: do not change the description unless it is clearly incorrect.&lt;br /&gt;
: Do not use the description field for your own notes or comments to other editors.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Access Points&#039;&#039;&#039;: Add &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Access Points&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; when necessary so that Waze can navigate you to the correct side of the place. Use one place per destination. The navigation selects the nearest entry point.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::&amp;lt;small&amp;gt; If a hospital has different destinations for the general entrance and for emergency/first aid on the other side of the building - create an area location for the hospital with its own entry point and a point location for emergency/first aid access.&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
: Do not place entry points on top of road segments, but slightly to the side to get the best left/right directions. Each entry point must have a name; the name is displayed in the [[Waze app]] ETA screen. It is important to keep the name short so that it matches the map and ensure it is easy to understand. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;External providers&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: With Waze, with &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;L3&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; and higher, you can add directions with POIs from &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;external providers&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;. One of the external providers is &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Google Maps&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
: When a place is linked, drivers can select any destination from the search results in the app; whether the result is from Waze or Google, it will always lead you to the Waze navigation stop.&lt;br /&gt;
: When linking a Google POI, add the Google name as an alternative name. Then—if a Google search result is selected in the Waze app—the navigation will lead you to the Waze location.&lt;br /&gt;
: Searching for a place results in duplicate results (the same name) if more than one Waze Place is linked to the same Google POI.&lt;br /&gt;
: When access to a place is on a different road, it is useful to also include the address as an additional link, using a Google address pin. This way, the place is also found when searching by address.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: If more than one place is defined for a single POI, link the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;external provider&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; to the main one. Example: Metro station with more than one entrance defined, use the main entrance.&lt;br /&gt;
: Only link an &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;External provider&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; to a [[Parking Lot Place]] when it explicitly refers to the parking lot itself. Never link a Google Place that refers to the POI location (building) to a [[Parking Lot Place|Parking Lot]] place.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the photo below, you can see an example from the Rijksmuseum in Amsterdam..&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Place-rijksmuseum-amsterdam.png|750px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===More Info Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
You can enter the website address and phone number in the &amp;quot;More Info&amp;quot; tab, where you can also select optional services such as Wi-Fi, Restrooms, Terrace, or Customer Parking (do not sign separately!). Information on this tab is displayed in the search results. From there, you can click on the website address or phone number to activate your browser or phone function. Therefore, they must be in a usable format:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:WME_Places_searchresults_EN.png|230px|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Website&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: It is recommended to use the full and direct link to the website, including https:// when available. If the website is multilingual and a choice needs to be made, choose English if possible. : Examples: https://domainname.nl, https://subdomain.domainname.nl&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Telephone&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Telephone numbers are best written in international format: Generally, the number consists of the country code, followed by the area code (without 0), and then the subscriber number, all without hyphens, forward slashes, parentheses, and the like. Formatting spaces are allowed, but not necessary. An exception: do not precede 0800 and 0900 numbers with the country code.&lt;br /&gt;
::+31 AA BBBBBBBB, or +31 AAA BBBBBBB for landline numbers,&lt;br /&gt;
::+31 6 CBBBBBBB for mobile numbers&lt;br /&gt;
::0800 BBBBBB or 0900 BBBBBB for 0800 and 0900 numbers&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Opening hours&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Add the opening hours if possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Photos Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
The photos added to a place are displayed on the &amp;quot;Photos&amp;quot; tab. In [[Waze Map Editor|editor]], we can add and remove photos (starting from &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;L4&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;). Wazers can upload photos via the Waze app, via a [[Place update request|PUR]].&lt;br /&gt;
* Add: Ensure that you only add images that you own and have the right to use, and that comply with Waze&#039;s Terms of Use.&lt;br /&gt;
* Remove: Make a well-considered decision about discarding a photo. Once a photo is removed, it cannot be recovered. Remove only if the photo is truly unclear, unhelpful, and/or inappropriate.&lt;br /&gt;
* Photos must not display human faces, car license plates, or other information that could refer to a person. Photos used must be a recognizable illustration of the relevant location. For more guidelines on accepting or discarding photos, see the general Wiki page section [https://www.waze.com/discuss/t/places/377947 Place Updates (Moderation)].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lock levels==&lt;br /&gt;
Please note that places essential for Waze&#039;s functionality, such as [[Parking Lot Place|Parking lots]], must be locked at least at level &#039;&#039;&#039;2&#039;&#039;&#039; (or higher) to prevent data loss, for example due to automatic acceptance of submissions. See also the page on [[Place categories|Place categories]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;nl&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Trusted editor===&lt;br /&gt;
Beginnende editors hebben goedkeuring nodig van een editor met level 2 of hoger voor de plaatsen die zij aanmaken, totdat ze na een aantal goedgekeurde plaats edits de &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;trusted&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; status bereiken.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;nl&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Aspecten==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Place update request|Plaats aanpassings verzoek (PUR)]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Flagged place|Gemerkte plaats]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://support.google.com/waze/answer/7402261?hl=en Misplaced ad pins formulier] is bedoeld voor het melden van problemen met geadverteerde plaatsen die verkeerd op de kaart zijn geplaatst. Verzoeken van &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;L4&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; editors worden automatisch goedgekeurd door Waze.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;nl&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Verder lezen==&lt;br /&gt;
Zie ook de globale pagina [https://www.waze.com/wiki/USA/Places Places].&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
{{Bottomline}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kamonu</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wazeopedia.nl/index.php?title=Translations:Places/13/en&amp;diff=6539</id>
		<title>Translations:Places/13/en</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wazeopedia.nl/index.php?title=Translations:Places/13/en&amp;diff=6539"/>
		<updated>2026-03-15T00:11:08Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kamonu: Nieuwe pagina aangemaakt met &amp;#039;==Lock levels== Please note that places essential for Waze&amp;#039;s functionality, such as Parking lots, must be locked at least at level &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;2&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; (or higher) to prevent data loss, for example due to automatic acceptance of submissions. See also the page on Place categories.&amp;#039;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Lock levels==&lt;br /&gt;
Please note that places essential for Waze&#039;s functionality, such as [[Parking Lot Place|Parking lots]], must be locked at least at level &#039;&#039;&#039;2&#039;&#039;&#039; (or higher) to prevent data loss, for example due to automatic acceptance of submissions. See also the page on [[Place categories|Place categories]].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kamonu</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wazeopedia.nl/index.php?title=Places/en&amp;diff=6538</id>
		<title>Places/en</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wazeopedia.nl/index.php?title=Places/en&amp;diff=6538"/>
		<updated>2026-03-15T00:10:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kamonu: Nieuwe pagina aangemaakt met &amp;#039;===Photos Tab=== The photos added to a place are displayed on the &amp;quot;Photos&amp;quot; tab. In editor, we can add and remove photos (starting from &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;L4&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;). Wazers can upload photos via the Waze app, via a PUR. * Add: Ensure that you only add images that you own and have the right to use, and that comply with Waze&amp;#039;s Terms of Use. * Remove: Make a well-considered decision about discarding a photo. Once a photo is removed, it c...&amp;#039;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{TopLine}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Place]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Places==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Places&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; are searchable destinations on the Waze map, just like the &amp;quot;Points of Interest&amp;quot; found on certain popular GPS devices. They can be added from the app, but also in the [[Waze Map Editor]]. Here you will find instructions for creating a &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;place&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; in the [[Waze Map Editor|editor]]. For a description of the different types of places, see the [[Place categories]] page. Places can only be defined when the Places [[Waze_Map_Editor#Layers_menu|Map Layer]] is activated.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A place can be defined as a &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;point&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; or an &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;area place&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;. Above a certain size, &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Area places&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; become visible in the app. A &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Point place&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; is never visible, but both types can be searched, selected, and navigated to. There is also a third type of place called [[#Residential or Private Places|Residential places]], these are private addresses. These are always point places.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Creating a Place===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NL-WME-Plaats-opties.png|220xpx|right|Place Options]] Click the [[File:NL-WME-Plaats.png|85xpx]] icon at the top of the [[Waze Map Editor]] to add a &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Place&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; and then choose one of the displayed [[Place categories|place categories]] from the list. Finally, a choice must be made between a &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;point&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; and an &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;area place&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For some place categories, an additional submenu is displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NL-WME-Plaats-subopties.png|280xpx]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Points===&lt;br /&gt;
Points are not displayed in the app. They are only used to help Wazers find locations, especially when they are not listed or are listed incorrectly in other search engines. Because the places can be looked up/selected from the [[Waze app|app]], the accurate positioning of a point and providing a full address (including [[House numbers|street number]]) are both extremely important.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the [[Waze Map Editor|editor]], a point is displayed as a small circle, with the exception of a &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;residential place&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;, which is shown as a small triangle.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wme place.png]] Default point place&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wme place selected.png]] Selected point place&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wme place changed.png]] Changed point place&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wme place pending update.png]] Modified point location, awaiting approval&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Waze routing server navigates the Wazer to the segment that is physically closest to where the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Point Location&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; is placed. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The point marker is the stopping point. If the place is located inside a building, the marker should usually be placed at or near the main entrance of the location. Try to imagine where you would stop to drop someone off at this location.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Icons and dot markers====&lt;br /&gt;
Icons and dot markers are colored by category.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For better visibility, icons and dot markers are now displayed according to the zoom level, namely:&lt;br /&gt;
* Zoom level 18-22: icon&lt;br /&gt;
* Zoom level 17: dot marker; icon with mouse pointer over the location&lt;br /&gt;
* Zoom level 16 and lower: nothing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Area Places===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Area Places&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; (area places) are shown in the [[Waze app]] when they are large enough (&amp;gt; 500 m²). Too many area places can make the map cluttered, creating large gray zones that do not help Wazers find their way. Therefore, it is important to use &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Area Places&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; only if they are distinctive and important enough to orient drivers. Ensure that you do not place the place nodes on road segment nodes. This makes it more difficult to edit the place and/or segments later.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Parking Lot Place]] and [[Gas Station Place|Gas Stations]] must be drawn as area places, regardless of their size. All other places are generally drawn as point places, except when they are large and distinctive enough to aid orientation while driving. See also the section on [[#How to define area or point|Choosing between point and area location]].&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Generally, an &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Area Location&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; only covers what a Wazer sees when driving to the actual location. It follows that the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Area Location&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; indicates the visible building, not the territory. However, an &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Area Location&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; does not need to be as detailed as the building itself.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Natural elements such as forests, parks, and lakes are drawn into the visible contours.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Some types of &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Area Locations&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; are displayed in specific colors in the [[Waze app|app]]. Generally, natural features are green (e.g., Park) or blue (e.g., River).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NL-Place-Entrypoint-HandleIcon.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
Each area location has an &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;entry point&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; that is centered by default. The arrow in the accompanying image. This point can be moved to your destination or where you need to park: Try to imagine where you would stop to drop someone off at this destination.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If an &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;entry point&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; is linked to a [[Walking trail]] (WT), place it on top of the WT. Otherwise, it may happen that you are directed to a nearby drivable segment instead.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; For more information, see the [[Entry point logic|Entry point logic]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Area Place&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; also has a &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;move handle&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; that allows you to shift the place. If the area itself needs to be changed, click on the place to select it. Use the [[Nodes#Geometrie_knooppunten|geometrie knooppunten]] to adjust the shape. To move an &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;area place&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; without changing the shape, drag the place using the [[File:Wme place drag handle.png]] move handle icon.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Residential places / Private places ===&lt;br /&gt;
Upon arrival, Waze suggests taking a photo of your destination. In this way, many private places are uploaded to [[Waze Map Editor|editor]]. The category &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;residential place&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; is used for these private places. Private Places cannot be searched, and the identity of the person who created them or added photos is not revealed. Private Places contain only photos and an exact address, without any other properties of a Place. The photos are only shown to people driving explicitly to that address. Waze editors can use the photos and exact locations to improve the [[house numbers|house number]] database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;[[File:NL-omzetten-naar-woning.png|30px]] Public places can be converted into private places, but private places cannot be converted into public places. Use the link below the buttons for Point or Area in the menu to convert places that have been incorrectly labeled as public into private.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For more on this topic, see the [[Residential Place]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Combined Places===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wme places mall area with points.png|thumb|Point Places within an Area Place]] Point Places within an Area Place is permitted and is usually used for shops in a shopping mall, faculties within a university campus, etc. Avoid Areas within Areas, as this can become confusing on the app screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to determine area or point==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Parking Lot Place|Parking lots]] and [[Gas Station Place|Petrol stations]] are always drawn as Area Place. Most other places are generally drawn as a point place, except when they are large and distinctive enough to aid in orientation while driving, which will often be the case at an event center, factory, hospital, office, campground, shopping centers, museums (e.g. Rijksmuseum, Amsterdam), major monuments, schools, tourist site, attraction, sports field or stadium, and natural features. They are mapped as areas on the (building) perimeter and usually do not cover streets.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Place categories|category table]] provides a guideline for choosing between point and area locations, based on their category, subcategory, and probable area size.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Location details==&lt;br /&gt;
Each location - point or area - must contain as much information as possible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===General Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
The general tab: here you enter all basic information: categories, name, description, petrol brand, residential/public, opening hours, country, state, city, street, and house number.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Category&#039;&#039;&#039;: Places require at least one &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;category&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; to be assigned, but can belong to multiple others. Always select the main category first. For example, a petrol station can also be &amp;quot;Convenience store&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Car wash&amp;quot;, or &amp;quot;Charging station&amp;quot;. For a more detailed explanation of categories, see the [[Place categories|Place categories]] page.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Name and address&#039;&#039;&#039;: If possible, provide &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;name&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;address&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;. Use the official name of the place. Optionally add an alternative name. :Place addresses - other than [[Places#Residential_places_.2F_Eigen_woning_plaatsen|residential houses]] - are not used when searching by address. They are purely for informational purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
:If a Google link is provided in the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;External provider&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; field (see below), please also add the Google name as an alternative name.&lt;br /&gt;
:The address is particularly useful for directing Wazers to the location.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;Under the [[Waze_Map_Editor#Layers_menu|Map layer]] &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Places&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;, you can specify whether the place name should be displayed on the [[Waze Map Editor|editor screen]]. Place names are displayed starting from a certain zoom level.&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039;&#039;: The Description field is visible in the [[Waze app]] and is intended for useful and objective information regarding the place itself. Keep it concise.&lt;br /&gt;
: Some places require payment: do not change the description unless it is clearly incorrect.&lt;br /&gt;
: Do not use the description field for your own notes or comments to other editors.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Access Points&#039;&#039;&#039;: Add &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Access Points&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; when necessary so that Waze can navigate you to the correct side of the place. Use one place per destination. The navigation selects the nearest entry point.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::&amp;lt;small&amp;gt; If a hospital has different destinations for the general entrance and for emergency/first aid on the other side of the building - create an area location for the hospital with its own entry point and a point location for emergency/first aid access.&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
: Do not place entry points on top of road segments, but slightly to the side to get the best left/right directions. Each entry point must have a name; the name is displayed in the [[Waze app]] ETA screen. It is important to keep the name short so that it matches the map and ensure it is easy to understand. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;External providers&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: With Waze, with &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;L3&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; and higher, you can add directions with POIs from &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;external providers&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;. One of the external providers is &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Google Maps&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
: When a place is linked, drivers can select any destination from the search results in the app; whether the result is from Waze or Google, it will always lead you to the Waze navigation stop.&lt;br /&gt;
: When linking a Google POI, add the Google name as an alternative name. Then—if a Google search result is selected in the Waze app—the navigation will lead you to the Waze location.&lt;br /&gt;
: Searching for a place results in duplicate results (the same name) if more than one Waze Place is linked to the same Google POI.&lt;br /&gt;
: When access to a place is on a different road, it is useful to also include the address as an additional link, using a Google address pin. This way, the place is also found when searching by address.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: If more than one place is defined for a single POI, link the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;external provider&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; to the main one. Example: Metro station with more than one entrance defined, use the main entrance.&lt;br /&gt;
: Only link an &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;External provider&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; to a [[Parking Lot Place]] when it explicitly refers to the parking lot itself. Never link a Google Place that refers to the POI location (building) to a [[Parking Lot Place|Parking Lot]] place.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the photo below, you can see an example from the Rijksmuseum in Amsterdam..&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Place-rijksmuseum-amsterdam.png|750px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===More Info Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
You can enter the website address and phone number in the &amp;quot;More Info&amp;quot; tab, where you can also select optional services such as Wi-Fi, Restrooms, Terrace, or Customer Parking (do not sign separately!). Information on this tab is displayed in the search results. From there, you can click on the website address or phone number to activate your browser or phone function. Therefore, they must be in a usable format:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:WME_Places_searchresults_EN.png|230px|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Website&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: It is recommended to use the full and direct link to the website, including https:// when available. If the website is multilingual and a choice needs to be made, choose English if possible. : Examples: https://domainname.nl, https://subdomain.domainname.nl&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Telephone&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Telephone numbers are best written in international format: Generally, the number consists of the country code, followed by the area code (without 0), and then the subscriber number, all without hyphens, forward slashes, parentheses, and the like. Formatting spaces are allowed, but not necessary. An exception: do not precede 0800 and 0900 numbers with the country code.&lt;br /&gt;
::+31 AA BBBBBBBB, or +31 AAA BBBBBBB for landline numbers,&lt;br /&gt;
::+31 6 CBBBBBBB for mobile numbers&lt;br /&gt;
::0800 BBBBBB or 0900 BBBBBB for 0800 and 0900 numbers&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Opening hours&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Add the opening hours if possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Photos Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
The photos added to a place are displayed on the &amp;quot;Photos&amp;quot; tab. In [[Waze Map Editor|editor]], we can add and remove photos (starting from &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;L4&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;). Wazers can upload photos via the Waze app, via a [[Place update request|PUR]].&lt;br /&gt;
* Add: Ensure that you only add images that you own and have the right to use, and that comply with Waze&#039;s Terms of Use.&lt;br /&gt;
* Remove: Make a well-considered decision about discarding a photo. Once a photo is removed, it cannot be recovered. Remove only if the photo is truly unclear, unhelpful, and/or inappropriate.&lt;br /&gt;
* Photos must not display human faces, car license plates, or other information that could refer to a person. Photos used must be a recognizable illustration of the relevant location. For more guidelines on accepting or discarding photos, see the general Wiki page section [https://www.waze.com/discuss/t/places/377947 Place Updates (Moderation)].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;nl&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Lock niveaus==&lt;br /&gt;
Houd er rekening mee dat plaatsen die essentieel zijn voor het functioneren van Waze, zoals [[Parking Lot Place|Parkeerplaatsen]], op zijn minst moeten worden vergrendeld op niveau &#039;&#039;&#039;2&#039;&#039;&#039; (of hoger), om gegevensverlies te voorkomen, bijvoorbeeld door automatische acceptatie van inzendingen. Zie ook de pagina over [[Place categories|Plaats categorieën]].&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;nl&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Trusted editor===&lt;br /&gt;
Beginnende editors hebben goedkeuring nodig van een editor met level 2 of hoger voor de plaatsen die zij aanmaken, totdat ze na een aantal goedgekeurde plaats edits de &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;trusted&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; status bereiken.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;nl&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Aspecten==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Place update request|Plaats aanpassings verzoek (PUR)]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Flagged place|Gemerkte plaats]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://support.google.com/waze/answer/7402261?hl=en Misplaced ad pins formulier] is bedoeld voor het melden van problemen met geadverteerde plaatsen die verkeerd op de kaart zijn geplaatst. Verzoeken van &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;L4&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; editors worden automatisch goedgekeurd door Waze.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;nl&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Verder lezen==&lt;br /&gt;
Zie ook de globale pagina [https://www.waze.com/wiki/USA/Places Places].&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
{{Bottomline}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kamonu</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wazeopedia.nl/index.php?title=Translations:Places/12/en&amp;diff=6537</id>
		<title>Translations:Places/12/en</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wazeopedia.nl/index.php?title=Translations:Places/12/en&amp;diff=6537"/>
		<updated>2026-03-15T00:10:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kamonu: Nieuwe pagina aangemaakt met &amp;#039;===Photos Tab=== The photos added to a place are displayed on the &amp;quot;Photos&amp;quot; tab. In editor, we can add and remove photos (starting from &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;L4&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;). Wazers can upload photos via the Waze app, via a PUR. * Add: Ensure that you only add images that you own and have the right to use, and that comply with Waze&amp;#039;s Terms of Use. * Remove: Make a well-considered decision about discarding a photo. Once a photo is removed, it c...&amp;#039;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===Photos Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
The photos added to a place are displayed on the &amp;quot;Photos&amp;quot; tab. In [[Waze Map Editor|editor]], we can add and remove photos (starting from &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;L4&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;). Wazers can upload photos via the Waze app, via a [[Place update request|PUR]].&lt;br /&gt;
* Add: Ensure that you only add images that you own and have the right to use, and that comply with Waze&#039;s Terms of Use.&lt;br /&gt;
* Remove: Make a well-considered decision about discarding a photo. Once a photo is removed, it cannot be recovered. Remove only if the photo is truly unclear, unhelpful, and/or inappropriate.&lt;br /&gt;
* Photos must not display human faces, car license plates, or other information that could refer to a person. Photos used must be a recognizable illustration of the relevant location. For more guidelines on accepting or discarding photos, see the general Wiki page section [https://www.waze.com/discuss/t/places/377947 Place Updates (Moderation)].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kamonu</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wazeopedia.nl/index.php?title=Places/en&amp;diff=6536</id>
		<title>Places/en</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wazeopedia.nl/index.php?title=Places/en&amp;diff=6536"/>
		<updated>2026-03-15T00:08:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kamonu: Nieuwe pagina aangemaakt met &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Opening hours&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; :Add the opening hours if possible. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{TopLine}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Place]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Places==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Places&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; are searchable destinations on the Waze map, just like the &amp;quot;Points of Interest&amp;quot; found on certain popular GPS devices. They can be added from the app, but also in the [[Waze Map Editor]]. Here you will find instructions for creating a &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;place&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; in the [[Waze Map Editor|editor]]. For a description of the different types of places, see the [[Place categories]] page. Places can only be defined when the Places [[Waze_Map_Editor#Layers_menu|Map Layer]] is activated.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A place can be defined as a &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;point&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; or an &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;area place&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;. Above a certain size, &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Area places&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; become visible in the app. A &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Point place&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; is never visible, but both types can be searched, selected, and navigated to. There is also a third type of place called [[#Residential or Private Places|Residential places]], these are private addresses. These are always point places.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Creating a Place===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NL-WME-Plaats-opties.png|220xpx|right|Place Options]] Click the [[File:NL-WME-Plaats.png|85xpx]] icon at the top of the [[Waze Map Editor]] to add a &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Place&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; and then choose one of the displayed [[Place categories|place categories]] from the list. Finally, a choice must be made between a &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;point&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; and an &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;area place&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For some place categories, an additional submenu is displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NL-WME-Plaats-subopties.png|280xpx]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Points===&lt;br /&gt;
Points are not displayed in the app. They are only used to help Wazers find locations, especially when they are not listed or are listed incorrectly in other search engines. Because the places can be looked up/selected from the [[Waze app|app]], the accurate positioning of a point and providing a full address (including [[House numbers|street number]]) are both extremely important.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the [[Waze Map Editor|editor]], a point is displayed as a small circle, with the exception of a &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;residential place&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;, which is shown as a small triangle.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wme place.png]] Default point place&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wme place selected.png]] Selected point place&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wme place changed.png]] Changed point place&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wme place pending update.png]] Modified point location, awaiting approval&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Waze routing server navigates the Wazer to the segment that is physically closest to where the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Point Location&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; is placed. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The point marker is the stopping point. If the place is located inside a building, the marker should usually be placed at or near the main entrance of the location. Try to imagine where you would stop to drop someone off at this location.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Icons and dot markers====&lt;br /&gt;
Icons and dot markers are colored by category.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For better visibility, icons and dot markers are now displayed according to the zoom level, namely:&lt;br /&gt;
* Zoom level 18-22: icon&lt;br /&gt;
* Zoom level 17: dot marker; icon with mouse pointer over the location&lt;br /&gt;
* Zoom level 16 and lower: nothing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Area Places===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Area Places&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; (area places) are shown in the [[Waze app]] when they are large enough (&amp;gt; 500 m²). Too many area places can make the map cluttered, creating large gray zones that do not help Wazers find their way. Therefore, it is important to use &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Area Places&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; only if they are distinctive and important enough to orient drivers. Ensure that you do not place the place nodes on road segment nodes. This makes it more difficult to edit the place and/or segments later.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Parking Lot Place]] and [[Gas Station Place|Gas Stations]] must be drawn as area places, regardless of their size. All other places are generally drawn as point places, except when they are large and distinctive enough to aid orientation while driving. See also the section on [[#How to define area or point|Choosing between point and area location]].&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Generally, an &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Area Location&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; only covers what a Wazer sees when driving to the actual location. It follows that the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Area Location&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; indicates the visible building, not the territory. However, an &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Area Location&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; does not need to be as detailed as the building itself.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Natural elements such as forests, parks, and lakes are drawn into the visible contours.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Some types of &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Area Locations&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; are displayed in specific colors in the [[Waze app|app]]. Generally, natural features are green (e.g., Park) or blue (e.g., River).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NL-Place-Entrypoint-HandleIcon.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
Each area location has an &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;entry point&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; that is centered by default. The arrow in the accompanying image. This point can be moved to your destination or where you need to park: Try to imagine where you would stop to drop someone off at this destination.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If an &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;entry point&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; is linked to a [[Walking trail]] (WT), place it on top of the WT. Otherwise, it may happen that you are directed to a nearby drivable segment instead.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; For more information, see the [[Entry point logic|Entry point logic]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Area Place&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; also has a &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;move handle&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; that allows you to shift the place. If the area itself needs to be changed, click on the place to select it. Use the [[Nodes#Geometrie_knooppunten|geometrie knooppunten]] to adjust the shape. To move an &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;area place&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; without changing the shape, drag the place using the [[File:Wme place drag handle.png]] move handle icon.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Residential places / Private places ===&lt;br /&gt;
Upon arrival, Waze suggests taking a photo of your destination. In this way, many private places are uploaded to [[Waze Map Editor|editor]]. The category &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;residential place&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; is used for these private places. Private Places cannot be searched, and the identity of the person who created them or added photos is not revealed. Private Places contain only photos and an exact address, without any other properties of a Place. The photos are only shown to people driving explicitly to that address. Waze editors can use the photos and exact locations to improve the [[house numbers|house number]] database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;[[File:NL-omzetten-naar-woning.png|30px]] Public places can be converted into private places, but private places cannot be converted into public places. Use the link below the buttons for Point or Area in the menu to convert places that have been incorrectly labeled as public into private.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For more on this topic, see the [[Residential Place]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Combined Places===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wme places mall area with points.png|thumb|Point Places within an Area Place]] Point Places within an Area Place is permitted and is usually used for shops in a shopping mall, faculties within a university campus, etc. Avoid Areas within Areas, as this can become confusing on the app screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to determine area or point==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Parking Lot Place|Parking lots]] and [[Gas Station Place|Petrol stations]] are always drawn as Area Place. Most other places are generally drawn as a point place, except when they are large and distinctive enough to aid in orientation while driving, which will often be the case at an event center, factory, hospital, office, campground, shopping centers, museums (e.g. Rijksmuseum, Amsterdam), major monuments, schools, tourist site, attraction, sports field or stadium, and natural features. They are mapped as areas on the (building) perimeter and usually do not cover streets.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Place categories|category table]] provides a guideline for choosing between point and area locations, based on their category, subcategory, and probable area size.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Location details==&lt;br /&gt;
Each location - point or area - must contain as much information as possible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===General Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
The general tab: here you enter all basic information: categories, name, description, petrol brand, residential/public, opening hours, country, state, city, street, and house number.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Category&#039;&#039;&#039;: Places require at least one &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;category&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; to be assigned, but can belong to multiple others. Always select the main category first. For example, a petrol station can also be &amp;quot;Convenience store&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Car wash&amp;quot;, or &amp;quot;Charging station&amp;quot;. For a more detailed explanation of categories, see the [[Place categories|Place categories]] page.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Name and address&#039;&#039;&#039;: If possible, provide &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;name&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;address&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;. Use the official name of the place. Optionally add an alternative name. :Place addresses - other than [[Places#Residential_places_.2F_Eigen_woning_plaatsen|residential houses]] - are not used when searching by address. They are purely for informational purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
:If a Google link is provided in the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;External provider&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; field (see below), please also add the Google name as an alternative name.&lt;br /&gt;
:The address is particularly useful for directing Wazers to the location.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;Under the [[Waze_Map_Editor#Layers_menu|Map layer]] &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Places&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;, you can specify whether the place name should be displayed on the [[Waze Map Editor|editor screen]]. Place names are displayed starting from a certain zoom level.&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039;&#039;: The Description field is visible in the [[Waze app]] and is intended for useful and objective information regarding the place itself. Keep it concise.&lt;br /&gt;
: Some places require payment: do not change the description unless it is clearly incorrect.&lt;br /&gt;
: Do not use the description field for your own notes or comments to other editors.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Access Points&#039;&#039;&#039;: Add &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Access Points&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; when necessary so that Waze can navigate you to the correct side of the place. Use one place per destination. The navigation selects the nearest entry point.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::&amp;lt;small&amp;gt; If a hospital has different destinations for the general entrance and for emergency/first aid on the other side of the building - create an area location for the hospital with its own entry point and a point location for emergency/first aid access.&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
: Do not place entry points on top of road segments, but slightly to the side to get the best left/right directions. Each entry point must have a name; the name is displayed in the [[Waze app]] ETA screen. It is important to keep the name short so that it matches the map and ensure it is easy to understand. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;External providers&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: With Waze, with &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;L3&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; and higher, you can add directions with POIs from &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;external providers&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;. One of the external providers is &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Google Maps&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
: When a place is linked, drivers can select any destination from the search results in the app; whether the result is from Waze or Google, it will always lead you to the Waze navigation stop.&lt;br /&gt;
: When linking a Google POI, add the Google name as an alternative name. Then—if a Google search result is selected in the Waze app—the navigation will lead you to the Waze location.&lt;br /&gt;
: Searching for a place results in duplicate results (the same name) if more than one Waze Place is linked to the same Google POI.&lt;br /&gt;
: When access to a place is on a different road, it is useful to also include the address as an additional link, using a Google address pin. This way, the place is also found when searching by address.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: If more than one place is defined for a single POI, link the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;external provider&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; to the main one. Example: Metro station with more than one entrance defined, use the main entrance.&lt;br /&gt;
: Only link an &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;External provider&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; to a [[Parking Lot Place]] when it explicitly refers to the parking lot itself. Never link a Google Place that refers to the POI location (building) to a [[Parking Lot Place|Parking Lot]] place.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the photo below, you can see an example from the Rijksmuseum in Amsterdam..&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Place-rijksmuseum-amsterdam.png|750px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===More Info Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
You can enter the website address and phone number in the &amp;quot;More Info&amp;quot; tab, where you can also select optional services such as Wi-Fi, Restrooms, Terrace, or Customer Parking (do not sign separately!). Information on this tab is displayed in the search results. From there, you can click on the website address or phone number to activate your browser or phone function. Therefore, they must be in a usable format:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:WME_Places_searchresults_EN.png|230px|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Website&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: It is recommended to use the full and direct link to the website, including https:// when available. If the website is multilingual and a choice needs to be made, choose English if possible. : Examples: https://domainname.nl, https://subdomain.domainname.nl&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Telephone&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: Telephone numbers are best written in international format: Generally, the number consists of the country code, followed by the area code (without 0), and then the subscriber number, all without hyphens, forward slashes, parentheses, and the like. Formatting spaces are allowed, but not necessary. An exception: do not precede 0800 and 0900 numbers with the country code.&lt;br /&gt;
::+31 AA BBBBBBBB, or +31 AAA BBBBBBB for landline numbers,&lt;br /&gt;
::+31 6 CBBBBBBB for mobile numbers&lt;br /&gt;
::0800 BBBBBB or 0900 BBBBBB for 0800 and 0900 numbers&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Opening hours&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Add the opening hours if possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;nl&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Tabblad Foto&#039;s===&lt;br /&gt;
De foto&#039;s die bij een plaats zijn toegevoegd worden op het tabblad &amp;quot;Foto&#039;s&amp;quot; getoond. In [[Waze Map Editor|editor]] kunnen we foto&#039;s toevoegen (vanaf &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;L4&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;) en verwijderen. Wazers kunnen foto&#039;s uploaden via de Waze-app, via een [[Place update request|PUR]]. &lt;br /&gt;
* Toevoegen: Zorg ervoor dat u alleen afbeeldingen toevoegt waarvan u de eigenaar bent en die het gebruiksrecht heeft, en die voldoen aan de gebruiksvoorwaarden van Waze.&lt;br /&gt;
* Verwijderen: Neem een ​​weloverwogen beslissing over het weggooien van een foto. Nadat een foto is verwijderd, kan deze niet meer worden teruggehaald. Verwijder alleen als de foto echt onduidelijk, niet nuttig en/of ongepast is. &lt;br /&gt;
* Op foto&#039;s mogen geen gezichten van mensen, kentekenplaten van auto&#039;s of andere informatie worden weergegeven die naar een persoon kan verwijzen. Gebruikte foto&#039;s moeten een herkenbare illustratie zijn van de betreffende plaats. Voor meer richtlijnen over het accepteren of weggooien van foto&#039;s, zie de algemene Wiki-pagina paragraaf [https://www.waze.com/wiki/USA/Places#Place_updates_(moderation) Place Updates (Moderation)].&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;nl&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Lock niveaus==&lt;br /&gt;
Houd er rekening mee dat plaatsen die essentieel zijn voor het functioneren van Waze, zoals [[Parking Lot Place|Parkeerplaatsen]], op zijn minst moeten worden vergrendeld op niveau &#039;&#039;&#039;2&#039;&#039;&#039; (of hoger), om gegevensverlies te voorkomen, bijvoorbeeld door automatische acceptatie van inzendingen. Zie ook de pagina over [[Place categories|Plaats categorieën]].&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;nl&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Trusted editor===&lt;br /&gt;
Beginnende editors hebben goedkeuring nodig van een editor met level 2 of hoger voor de plaatsen die zij aanmaken, totdat ze na een aantal goedgekeurde plaats edits de &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;trusted&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; status bereiken.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;nl&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Aspecten==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Place update request|Plaats aanpassings verzoek (PUR)]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Flagged place|Gemerkte plaats]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://support.google.com/waze/answer/7402261?hl=en Misplaced ad pins formulier] is bedoeld voor het melden van problemen met geadverteerde plaatsen die verkeerd op de kaart zijn geplaatst. Verzoeken van &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;L4&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; editors worden automatisch goedgekeurd door Waze.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;nl&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Verder lezen==&lt;br /&gt;
Zie ook de globale pagina [https://www.waze.com/wiki/USA/Places Places].&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
{{Bottomline}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kamonu</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wazeopedia.nl/index.php?title=Translations:Places/18/en&amp;diff=6535</id>
		<title>Translations:Places/18/en</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wazeopedia.nl/index.php?title=Translations:Places/18/en&amp;diff=6535"/>
		<updated>2026-03-15T00:08:54Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kamonu: Nieuwe pagina aangemaakt met &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Opening hours&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; :Add the opening hours if possible. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Opening hours&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Add the opening hours if possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kamonu</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>